mirror of https://git.door43.org/ru_gl/ru_tn
See in Reader
383 KiB
383 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | EST | 1 | intro | v1fp | 0 | # Есфирь 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Развод царя #####<br><br>Царские советники опасались, что мужчины потеряют свою власть над жёнами, когда последние услышат о том, что Астинь отказалась продемонстрировать свою красоту перед гостями царя. Поэтому мудрецы посоветовали Артаксерксу развестись с царицей.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Есфирь intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__ | |||
| 3 | EST | 1 | 1 | zzz2 | figs-idiom | בִּימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ | 1 | Артаксеркс царствовал над ста двадцатью семью областями | Это дополнительная информация о правителе Артаксерксе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). |
| 4 | EST | 1 | 1 | qwe1 | translate-names | אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ | 1 | областями | Областью называется пространная территория, являющаяся частью какого-либо государства. Страны делятся на области для более эффективного управления государством. |
| 5 | EST | 1 | 1 | v5ts | writing-background | ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַמֹּלֵךְ֙ מֵהֹ֣דּוּ וְעַד־כּ֔וּשׁ שֶׁ֛בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה | 1 | he was Ahasuerus the one who ruled from India even as far as Ethiopia, 127 provinces | This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 6 | EST | 1 | 1 | qwe3 | ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַמֹּלֵךְ֙ | 1 | he was Ahasuerus, the one who ruled | Alternative translation: “This king named Ahasuerus ruled” | |
| 7 | EST | 1 | 1 | qwe5 | writing-background | מֵהֹ֣דּוּ וְעַד־כּ֔וּשׁ | 1 | from India even as far as Ethiopia | In case your audience might not know where these places are, you could say, “extending from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 8 | EST | 1 | 1 | qwe7 | writing-background | שֶׁ֛בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה | 1 | 127 provinces | The number is given to show what a large empire this was. You could say that explicitly by saying, “Ahasuerus ruled a very large empire that had 127 provinces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 9 | EST | 1 | 1 | qwe8 | translate-numbers | שֶׁ֛בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה | 1 | 127 provinces | Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 10 | EST | 1 | 2 | qwe9 | figs-abstractnouns | עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔וֹ | 1 | в столице | Столица древнего государства часто предствляла собой крепость. |
| 11 | EST | 1 | 2 | hgm3 | translate-names | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן | 1 | Сузы | Город Сузы был столицей Персии (см.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 12 | EST | 1 | 2 | qwr1 | translate-unknown | הַבִּירָֽה | 1 | the citadel | This means a castle or palace where a king would live. But since the city of Susa itself is being called a **citadel** here, it’s likely that the term figuratively means royal city or capital city. The person telling this story is identifying Susa as the capital by calling it by the name of something closely associated with it, the royal palace within it. A good translation might be “the capital city of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 13 | EST | 1 | 3 | qwr5 | עָשָׂ֣ה מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה | 1 | he made a feast | Alternative translation: “he hosted a feast” | |
| 14 | EST | 1 | 3 | prm1 | figs-synecdoche | חֵ֣יל ׀ פָּרַ֣ס וּמָדַ֗י | 1 | the army of Persia and Media | This likely refers to the leaders of the army. It is describing a part of the army by referring to the whole army. Alternate translation: “the officers of the army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 15 | EST | 1 | 3 | qwr7 | הַֽפַּרְתְּמִ֛ים | 1 | the noblemen | This probably means something like “the wealthy landowners.” | |
| 16 | EST | 1 | 3 | jdr3 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָֽיו | 1 | before his face | **Face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 17 | EST | 1 | 4 | qet3 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּהַרְאֹת֗וֹ…וְאֶ֨ת־יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑וֹ | 1 | when he displayed…the splendor of the beauty of his greatness | You can translate the abstract nouns **splendor**, **beauty**, and **greatness** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … that he was a very powerful king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 18 | EST | 1 | 4 | lun5 | figs-doublet | יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑וֹ | 1 | the splendor of the beauty of his greatness | The words **splendor** and **beauty** have similar meaning and emphasize how great he was. Alternate translation: “the splendor of his greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 19 | EST | 1 | 4 | qet5 | figs-explicit | יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֔ים שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּמְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם | 1 | for many days, for 180 days | This was a very long time for a royal feast to last. The earlier part of the verse provides the reason for this. To make the connection explicit, you could add some explanatory words to the verse like this: “Ahasuerus entertained his guests fabulously because he wanted to demonstrate that his empire was extremely wealthy and that he was a very powerful king. He did so many things for them that the festivities lasted for six months.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 20 | EST | 1 | 4 | x1v6 | translate-numbers | שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּמְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם | 1 | for 180 days | Six months is about **180 days** or about half a year. You can use whatever expression will best express this time period in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 21 | EST | 1 | 5 | ue3x | figs-explicit | וּבִמְל֣וֹאת ׀ הַיָּמִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה | 1 | После этих дней | после окончания пира |
| 22 | EST | 1 | 5 | mj16 | translate-unknown | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֨ן הַבִּירָ֜ה | 1 | в столице | Речь идёт об укреплённом городе. См., как вы перевели данное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 23 | EST | 1 | 5 | qet7 | figs-idiom | הַנִּמְצְאִים֩ | 1 | Сузы | Это называние уже упоминалось в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 24 | EST | 1 | 5 | qet9 | figs-activepassive | הַנִּמְצְאִים֩ | 1 | who were found | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who worked for him in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 25 | EST | 1 | 5 | qey1 | figs-merism | לְמִגָּ֧דוֹל וְעַד־קָטָ֛ן | 1 | from the greatest even to the least | The person telling this story is referring to the staff of the palace by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the most important and the least important people who worked there, in order to include everyone in between. You could just explain this meaning, as UST does. Alternate translation: “from the most important official to the least important servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 26 | EST | 1 | 5 | qey3 | שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים | 1 | for seven days | Alternate translation: “another feast that lasted seven days” The story does not suggest that this was an unusually long time by saying, “for many days.” But you could also say something like “a whole week” to show that this was a generous gesture of thanks on the part of the king. | |
| 27 | EST | 1 | 6 | qey5 | translate-unknown | ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּתְכֵ֗לֶת | 1 | Общая информация | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 28 | EST | 1 | 6 | qey7 | ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּתְכֵ֗לֶת | 1 | Linens cotton and blue | You can specify at the beginning of this verse that the location being described is the same as in the previous verse: “In the courtyard, white and blue curtains.” | |
| 29 | EST | 1 | 6 | qey9 | translate-unknown | בְּחַבְלֵי־ב֣וּץ וְאַרְגָּמָ֔ן | 1 | by cords of byssus and purple | **Byssus** means “white linen” and it is used to describe the white color of some of these cords. So this means white and purple cords. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 30 | EST | 1 | 6 | qru1 | figs-explicit | מִטּ֣וֹת ׀ זָהָ֣ב וָכֶ֗סֶף | 1 | couches of gold and silver | You can specify that these couches were there for the guests to recline on while they ate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 31 | EST | 1 | 6 | asn4 | translate-unknown | רִֽצְפַ֥ת | 1 | a pavement | This word probably refers to a mosaic floor made of inlaid pieces of colorful precious stones.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 32 | EST | 1 | 6 | eyi2 | translate-unknown | בַּהַט | 1 | porphyry | This is a kind of red and purple stone that contains pieces of crystal. You could call it “feldspar” or something descriptive like “red marble.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 33 | EST | 1 | 6 | qru3 | translate-unknown | וָשֵׁ֖שׁ | 1 | and alabaster | This is a white precious stone. You could identify it as “alabaster.” Alternatively, while it is not exactly the same thing as marble, your readers would get the right idea if you called it “white marble.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 34 | EST | 1 | 6 | qru5 | translate-unknown | וְסֹחָֽרֶת | 1 | and precious stone | This word probably refers to a black marble that was used to create borders around mosaics. You could call this “black marble,” or you could just say that the floor contained “another precious stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 35 | EST | 1 | 7 | urm7 | figs-abstractnouns | וְהַשְׁקוֹת֙ | 1 | с покытием | Речь идёт о разноцветной причудливой мозаике. |
| 36 | EST | 1 | 7 | qru7 | וְכֵלִ֖ים מִכֵּלִ֣ים שׁוֹנִ֑ים | 1 | with vessels different from other vessels | This could mean that “no two of them were alike.” But you could also just say that the wine was served in “various kinds of golden cups.” | |
| 37 | EST | 1 | 7 | r6ec | figs-explicit | וְיֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּיַ֥ד הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | and the wine of royalty was abundant according to the hand of the king | This means that King Ahasuerus himself paid for all the wine that the guests drank at his seven-day feast in Susa, and the wine came from his personal supply. Alternate translation: “the king was very generous with the royal wine” or “the king showed a great willingness to give” or “the king provided all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 38 | EST | 1 | 7 | qru9 | figs-abstractnouns | וְיֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּיַ֥ד הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | and the wine of royalty | This probably means special fine wine that only the king could acquire and afford. You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “royal wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 39 | EST | 1 | 7 | wpq1 | figs-metonymy | כְּיַ֥ד הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | according to the hand of the king | Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 40 | EST | 1 | 8 | g5gu | figs-explicit | אֵ֣ין אֹנֵ֑ס | 1 | И царского вина было много, по богатству царя | царь не жалел вина |
| 41 | EST | 1 | 8 | f6px | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔וֹ לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּרְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ | 1 | по богатству | по своей великой щедрости |
| 42 | EST | 1 | 8 | qtu3 | לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּרְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ | 1 | никто никого не принуждал | никто никого не заставлял пить | |
| 43 | EST | 1 | 8 | jdr5 | figs-idiom | אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ | 1 | потому что царь дал указание всем управляющим в своём доме, чтобы делали по желанию каждого | То есть Артаксеркс приказал своим слугам давать гостям столько вина, сколько они сами пожелают. |
| 44 | EST | 1 | 9 | qtu5 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | גַּ֚ם | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 45 | EST | 1 | 9 | qtu7 | writing-participants | וַשְׁתִּ֣י הַמַּלְכָּ֔ה | 1 | Vashti the queen | You can explain that she was the wife of Ahasuerus by saying, “Queen Vashti**,** the king’s wife” or “his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 46 | EST | 1 | 9 | qtu9 | translate-names | וַשְׁתִּ֣י הַמַּלְכָּ֔ה | 1 | Vashti | This is a woman’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter and the next one. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 47 | EST | 1 | 9 | qti1 | מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה נָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | a feast of women | This could mean the women who served in the palace, the wives of the men who were officers and servants, or both. You could say, “a feast for the wives of the men who attended” or “for the women who worked in the palace.” | |
| 48 | EST | 1 | 9 | qti3 | בֵּ֚ית הַמַּלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ | 1 | the house of royalty that belonged to the king Ahasuerus | Alternate translation: “the royal palace where King Ahasuerus lived” | |
| 49 | EST | 1 | 9 | qti5 | figs-abstractnouns | בֵּ֚ית הַמַּלְכ֔וּת | 1 | house of royalty | You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective royal. Alternate translation: “royal palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 50 | EST | 1 | 10 | dcb2 | translate-names | לִ֠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַאֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְכַרְכַּ֔ס | 1 | сказал Мегуману, Бизфе, Харбоне, Бигфе и Авагфе, Зефару и Каркасу | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 51 | EST | 1 | 10 | ens5 | translate-unknown | הַסָּ֣רִיסִ֔ים | 1 | семи евнухам, служившим царю Артаксерксу | В данной фразе объясняется, кем были перечисленные мужины (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). |
| 52 | EST | 1 | 10 | qti7 | writing-background | הַמְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ | 1 | who served before the face of King Ahasuerus | This is background information to explain who these men were. Alternate translation: “who attended him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 53 | EST | 1 | 10 | jdr7 | figs-metonymy | פְּנֵ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ | 1 | the face of King | Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 54 | EST | 1 | 11 | qti9 | figs-explicit | לְ֠הָבִיא | 1 | её красоту | наколько прекрасной она была |
| 55 | EST | 1 | 11 | jdr9 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | to the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 56 | EST | 1 | 11 | asd1 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּכֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת | 1 | in a crown of royalty | You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective by saying, “wearing her royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 57 | EST | 1 | 11 | asd3 | figs-explicit | בְּכֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת | 1 | in a crown of royalty | Ahasuerus likely wanted Vashti to wear her queen’s crown so that everyone would know that she was his wife. You could say that explicitly. (For the possible reasons why he wanted them to know this, see the next note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 58 | EST | 1 | 11 | asd5 | writing-background | לְהַרְא֨וֹת הָֽעַמִּ֤ים וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ אֶת־יָפְיָ֔הּ | 1 | in order to show the people and the officials her beauty | Everything Ahasuerus did at his banquets was to show how rich and powerful he was. He seems to have believed that having a very beautiful wife was one more thing that proved he was a great man. So he wanted everyone to see how beautiful Vashti was. You can put this second in the verse, after explaining that Vashti was a very beautiful woman, because it accounts for what happens afterwards, when the king sends his seven personal servants to bring her in to his banquet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 59 | EST | 1 | 11 | asd7 | הָֽעַמִּ֤ים וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ | 1 | the people and the officials | This might mean “his guests, especially the officials.” | |
| 60 | EST | 1 | 11 | asd9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי־טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא | 1 | for she was pleasing of appearance | If it would be clearer in your language, you can place this first in the verse because it is the reason that explains everything else that happens afterward in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 61 | EST | 1 | 11 | qvk4 | figs-idiom | כִּֽי־טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא | 1 | she was pleasing of appearance | Alternate translation: “she was very beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 62 | EST | 1 | 12 | asf3 | figs-explicit | וַתְּמָאֵ֞ן הַמַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָבוֹא֙ | 1 | по приказу | по повелению |
| 63 | EST | 1 | 12 | b57q | בִּדְבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | at the word of the king | Alternate translation: “at the king’s command” or “what the king wanted” | |
| 64 | EST | 1 | 12 | asf5 | figs-metonymy | בְּיַ֣ד הַסָּרִיסִ֑ים | 1 | by the hand of the eunuchs | Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 65 | EST | 1 | 12 | kp6p | translate-unknown | הַסָּרִיסִ֑ים | 1 | the eunuchs | See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 66 | EST | 1 | 12 | asf7 | figs-parallelism | וַיִּקְצֹ֤ף הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ מְאֹ֔ד וַחֲמָת֖וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽוֹ | 1 | the king became very angry, and his rage burned within him | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. You could combine them as UST does by saying, “The king became so angry that he could barely contain himself.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 67 | EST | 1 | 12 | bsd5 | figs-metaphor | וַחֲמָת֖וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽוֹ | 1 | and his rage burned within him | Here the story uses a metaphor that pictures the king’s anger as **a fire that burned inside of him**. If your language has a different word picture that it uses to describe extreme anger, you can use that here. If not, you can translate plainly, “his anger continued to increase.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 68 | EST | 1 | 13 | g9fe | יֹדְעֵ֣י הָֽעִתִּ֑ים | 1 | знающим прежние времена | имевшим глубокий жизненный опыт | |
| 69 | EST | 1 | 13 | x2u7 | writing-background | כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | потому что дела царя делались перед всеми знающими закон и права | Это дополнительная информация, раскрывающая причину, по которой царь созвал мудрецов (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). |
| 70 | EST | 1 | 13 | adf1 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | for thus was the manner of the king | You can place this first in the verse if it would be clearer in your language to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 71 | EST | 1 | 13 | jd11 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֕י | 1 | before the face of | Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 72 | EST | 1 | 13 | adf3 | יֹדְעֵ֖י דָּ֥ת וָדִֽין | 1 | knowers of law and judgment | This means that these advisors knew the law and knew how to make good decisions in light of it. | |
| 73 | EST | 1 | 14 | adf5 | וְהַקָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗יו | 1 | Каршена, Шефар, Адмафа, Фарсис, Мерес, Марсена, Мемухан | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). | |
| 74 | EST | 1 | 14 | cc44 | translate-names | כַּרְשְׁנָ֤א שֵׁתָר֙ אַדְמָ֣תָא תַרְשִׁ֔ישׁ מֶ֥רֶס מַרְסְנָ֖א מְמוּכָ֑ן | 1 | Karshena, Shethar, Admatha, Tarshish, Meres, Mersena, Memukan | These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 75 | EST | 1 | 14 | jd13 | figs-idiom | רֹאֵי֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | seers of the face of the king | **To see the face of** is an idiom that means to be in the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would regularly and personally consult with these seven advisors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 76 | EST | 1 | 14 | adf7 | figs-metaphor | הַיֹּשְׁבִ֥ים רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה בַּמַּלְכֽוּת | 1 | the ones who sat first in the kingdom | Here, **sitting** represents ruling or judging. The expression here means that these were the most powerful officials in the empire. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 77 | EST | 1 | 15 | j6sh | figs-explicit | כְּדָת֙ מַֽה־לַּעֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּמַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים | 1 | Как по закону поступить | Данный вопрос царь задаёт своим советникам. |
| 78 | EST | 1 | 15 | adf9 | figs-events | בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים | 1 | by the hand of the eunuchs | To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 79 | EST | 1 | 15 | jd15 | figs-metonymy | בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים | 1 | by the hand of the eunuchs | Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 80 | EST | 1 | 15 | adg1 | translate-unknown | הַסָּרִיסִֽים | 1 | eunuchs | See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 81 | EST | 1 | 16 | adg3 | figs-metonymy | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | Мемухан | Данное имя уже было переведено в [Есфирь 1:14](../01/14.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 82 | EST | 1 | 16 | yqr8 | figs-hyperbole | כָּל־הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֕ר בְּכָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ | 1 | но и перед всеми правителями и перед всеми народами | Это преувеличение: советник хочет подчеркнуть тяжесть поступка царицы (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]). |
| 83 | EST | 1 | 16 | ss5y | translate-names | מְמוּכָ֗ן | 1 | по всем областям | Область - это пространная териитория, входящая в состав какого-либо госудасртва. Страна делится на области для более эффективного управления. См., как вы перевели данное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 84 | EST | 1 | 16 | adg5 | figs-123person | הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ | 1 | the king Ahasuerus | Memukan speaks of **the king** in third person as a form of respect. If you want to portray him as speaking primarily to the king because he is answering the king’s question, you could have him say, “in all the provinces that you rule” or “every person who lives in your entire empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 85 | EST | 1 | 17 | jd17 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי | 1 | до всех женщин | Это преувеличение: советник хочет подчеркнуть, насколько пагубным был поступок царицы (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]). |
| 86 | EST | 1 | 17 | gn4g | figs-hyperbole | יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַמַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַנָּשִׁ֔ים | 1 | the matter of the queen will go out to all the women | To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 87 | EST | 1 | 17 | jd19 | figs-metaphor | לְהַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵיהֶ֖ן בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ן | 1 | to make their husbands despised in their eyes | Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 88 | EST | 1 | 17 | adg7 | figs-explicit | בְּאָמְרָ֗ם הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְהָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה לְפָנָ֖יו וְלֹא־בָֽאָה | 1 | when they say, “The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come.” | The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 89 | EST | 1 | 17 | adg9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְהָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה לְפָנָ֖יו וְלֹא־בָֽאָה | 1 | The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come. | The women will stop respecting their husbands after they hear about this. You can put this report about what Queen Vashti did first, before “women will stop respecting their husbands,” because it is the reason that explains that result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 90 | EST | 1 | 17 | jd21 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָ֖יו | 1 | before his face | Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 91 | EST | 1 | 18 | afg1 | וְֽהַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֜ה | 1 | будет много пренебрежения и гнева | женщины начнут гневаться на своих мужей и пренебрегать ими | |
| 92 | EST | 1 | 18 | afg3 | שָׂר֣וֹת פָּֽרַס־וּמָדַ֗י | 1 | the noblewomen of Persia and Media | It becomes clear later in the verse that Memukan is speaking of the wives of the king’s officials, and you could communicate that here by saying, “the wives of the officials who govern Persia and Media.” But the term “noblewomen” indicates that they also had high status of their own, so you could also call them “the leading women of Persia and Media.” | |
| 93 | EST | 1 | 18 | afg5 | דְּבַ֣ר הַמַּלְכָּ֔ה | 1 | the matter of the queen | Alternate translation: “what the queen has done” | |
| 94 | EST | 1 | 18 | afg7 | תֹּאמַ֣רְנָה | 1 | will speak | This means that they will “talk back” or “disobey.” Alternate translation: “refuse to obey” | |
| 95 | EST | 1 | 18 | afg9 | figs-explicit | לְכֹ֖ל שָׂרֵ֣י הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | to all the officials of the king | This means the husbands of the noblewomen. The implication may be, “They will disobey their husbands even though they are officials of the king.” You could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 96 | EST | 1 | 18 | u6d7 | וּכְדַ֖י בִּזָּי֥וֹן וָקָֽצֶף | 1 | and there will be contempt and wrath enough | This could mean either that they will treat their husbands with disrespect, and this will make their “husbands angry with them” or that “they will be angry with their husbands and treat them with contempt.” | |
| 97 | EST | 1 | 18 | afh1 | figs-explicit | וּכְדַ֖י | 1 | and there will be enough | This could mean that the husbands will be as furious “as much as they can bear.” But you could also say, “That will be bad enough by itself, even if the news does not spread any farther.” If you think that is the meaning, you can say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 98 | EST | 1 | 19 | afh3 | figs-idiom | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב | 1 | Связующее утверждение: | Мемухан продолжает своё обращение к царю. |
| 99 | EST | 1 | 19 | afh5 | figs-abstractnouns | דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ | 1 | a decree of royalty | You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective “royal.” Alternate translation: “royal decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 100 | EST | 1 | 19 | jd23 | figs-123person | מִלְּפָנָ֔יו | 1 | from before his face | Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 101 | EST | 1 | 19 | afh7 | figs-activepassive | וְיִכָּתֵ֛ב | 1 | and let it be written | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “you should write a decree yourself” or “command your scribes to write a decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 102 | EST | 1 | 19 | mh1a | וְלֹ֣א יַעֲב֑וֹר | 1 | which do not pass away | Alternate translation: “these laws never become invalid” or “can never be changed” | |
| 103 | EST | 1 | 19 | jd27 | figs-123person | תָב֜וֹא…לִפְנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | come before the face of the king | Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “never come into your presence again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 104 | EST | 1 | 19 | jd29 | figs-metonymy | תָב֜וֹא…לִפְנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | come before the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 105 | EST | 1 | 19 | jd31 | figs-123person | וּמַלְכוּתָהּ֙ יִתֵּ֣ן הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לִרְעוּתָ֖הּ הַטּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽנָּה | 1 | and let the king give her royalty to her female neighbor | Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You can show the same meaning with a verb that addresses a singular “you” and indicates that Memukan is offering advice, not giving a command when he say, “choose another woman to be queen.” Alternate translation: “the king can give her position as queen to some other woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 106 | EST | 1 | 19 | afh9 | figs-abstractnouns | וּמַלְכוּתָהּ֙ | 1 | and…her royalty | You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an expression such as “her royal position” or “her position as queen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 107 | EST | 1 | 19 | afj1 | figs-explicit | הַטּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽנָּה | 1 | the woman who is better than she | Memukan means that the next queen should be “better than” Vashti by obeying all of the king’s commands. You could say this explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 108 | EST | 1 | 20 | jd33 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ | 1 | велико | огромно |
| 109 | EST | 1 | 20 | afj3 | figs-123person | מַלְכוּת֔וֹ | 1 | от большого до малого | Речь идёт обо всех людях - как важных, так и малозначительных (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]). |
| 110 | EST | 1 | 20 | p8nz | כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה הִ֑יא | 1 | though it is great | Alternate translation: “even though your empire is very large” | |
| 111 | EST | 1 | 20 | afj5 | הַנָּשִׁ֗ים יִתְּנ֤וּ יְקָר֙ לְבַעְלֵיהֶ֔ן | 1 | women will give honor to their husbands | Alternate translation: “women will respect and obey their husbands” | |
| 112 | EST | 1 | 20 | be9r | figs-merism | לְמִגָּד֖וֹל וְעַד־קָטָֽן | 1 | from the greatest to the least | This expression figuratively refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 113 | EST | 1 | 21 | afj7 | figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַב֙ הַדָּבָ֔ר בְּעֵינֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | Мемухан | Переведите данное имя так же, как в [Есфирь 1:14](../01/14.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 114 | EST | 1 | 21 | afj9 | figs-metaphor | בְּעֵינֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ וְהַשָּׂרִ֑ים | 1 | in the eyes of the king and the officials | Here, **eyes** stand for for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus and all the officials who heard Memukan’s advice thought that his suggestion was a good idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 115 | EST | 1 | 21 | agj1 | וַיַּ֥עַשׂ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כִּדְבַ֥ר מְמוּכָֽן | 1 | the king acted according to the word of Memukan | This means that King Ahasuerus wrote a law proclaiming what Memukan had suggested. | |
| 116 | EST | 1 | 21 | p5us | translate-names | מְמוּכָֽן | 1 | Memukan | Translate his name as in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 117 | EST | 1 | 22 | agj3 | וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח סְפָרִים֙ אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | во все области | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели это понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). | |
| 118 | EST | 1 | 22 | jd37 | figs-idiom | מְדִינָ֤ה וּמְדִינָה֙ | 1 | чтобы каждый муж был господином в своём доме | чтобы каждый мужчина имел нерушимую власть над своей женой и детьми |
| 119 | EST | 1 | 22 | jd39 | figs-idiom | עַ֥ם וָעָ֖ם | 1 | people by people | This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 120 | EST | 1 | 22 | jd41 | figs-metonymy | כִּלְשׁוֹנ֑וֹ | 1 | according to its tongue | Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 121 | EST | 1 | 22 | jj9n | לִהְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּבֵית֔וֹ | 1 | that every man should be ruling in his house | This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children. | |
| 122 | EST | 1 | 22 | jd43 | figs-metonymy | כִּלְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽוֹ | 1 | speaking according to the tongue of his people | Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 123 | EST | 1 | 22 | agj7 | figs-explicit | כִּלְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽוֹ | 1 | speaking according to the tongue of his people | The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 124 | EST | 2 | intro | eb4q | 0 | # Есфирь 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Есфирь становится царицей #####<br><br>Есфирь смиренно приняла советы евнухов о том, как ей одеться для встречи с царём, и Артаксеркс выбрал её в качестве новой царицы. <br><br>##### Мардохей раскрывает заговор, составленный против царя #####<br><br>Мардохей - двоюродный брат Есфири - узнал о том, что два человека составили заговор, чтобы убить царя. Он сообщил об этом Есфири, а она, в свою очередь, передала слова Мардохея царю. О заслуге Мардохея было записано в книгу царских дневных записей.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__ | |||
| 125 | EST | 2 | 1 | dpc3 | writing-newevent | אַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | После этого | В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]). |
| 126 | EST | 2 | 1 | e4lp | כְּשֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ | 1 | когда гнев царя Артаксеркса утих | когда царь Артаксеркс перестал гневаться | |
| 127 | EST | 2 | 1 | agj9 | זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ | 1 | что было сделано | Речь идёт о том, что произошло в [Есфирь 1:19-20](../01/19.md). | |
| 128 | EST | 2 | 1 | xpt9 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֔תָה וְאֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽיהָ | 1 | what she had done, and what had been decided concerning her | This refers to Vashti’s refusal to obey Ahasuerus, and to the decision he made in [1:21](../01/21.md) that she could never come into his presence again. This could actually mean that when he thought about Vashti and what she had done, he regretted the decision that he had made about her. But there was nothing he could do to bring her back because the laws of the empire could not be changed. You could explain all or some of this in your translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 129 | EST | 2 | 1 | agk1 | figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽיהָ | 1 | what had been decided | You can say this with an active form, and you can say that the king performed the action. Alternate translation: “what he had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 130 | EST | 2 | 2 | s4hv | writing-participants | יְבַקְשׁ֥וּ | 1 | Let them seek | **Them** refers to the servants that the king would send to do this. If this is unclear, you can say “servants” or “your servants.” Be sure to express this in a form that shows that it is a not a command but a respectful suggestion such as “You could send some men Alternate translation: “to look for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
| 131 | EST | 2 | 2 | abt8 | figs-123person | לַמֶּ֛לֶךְ | 1 | for the king | The young men speak to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternatively, you could have them say “for yourself” or “on your behalf” if that would be clear but also respectful in your language (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 132 | EST | 2 | 2 | jd45 | figs-idiom | טוֹב֥וֹת מַרְאֶֽה | 1 | pleasing of appearance | As in 1:11, this is an idiom that means very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 133 | EST | 2 | 3 | g9vp | figs-123person | וְיַפְקֵ֨ד הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | Связующее утверждение: | Молодые слуги продолжают говорить с царём. |
| 134 | EST | 2 | 3 | xqf9 | translate-unknown | שׁוּשַׁ֤ן הַבִּירָה֙ | 1 | области | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели данное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 135 | EST | 2 | 3 | d754 | figs-activepassive | אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א סְרִ֥יס הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַנָּשִׁ֑ים | 1 | в столицу | Речь идёт об укреплённом городе. См., как вы перевели это слово в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md). |
| 136 | EST | 2 | 3 | jd49 | figs-metaphor | יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א | 1 | Сузы | См., как вы перевели название этого города в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 137 | EST | 2 | 3 | jd51 | figs-123person | סְרִ֥יס הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | Гегай | Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 138 | EST | 2 | 3 | agk7 | translate-unknown | סְרִ֥יס | 1 | притиранья | Речь идёт о косметических средствах таких, как кремы, лосьоны, пудры - то есть обо всём, что используют женщины, чтобы стать более привлекательными. |
| 139 | EST | 2 | 3 | agk9 | שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַנָּשִׁ֑ים | 1 | who is overseer of the women | Alternate translation: “who is in charge of the women who live there.” | |
| 140 | EST | 2 | 3 | w1ly | translate-unknown | תַּמְרוּקֵיהֶֽן | 1 | their ointments | This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 141 | EST | 2 | 4 | lh3n | figs-metaphor | בְּעֵינֵ֣י | 1 | in the eyes of | Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 142 | EST | 2 | 4 | jd55 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּיטַ֧ב הַדָּבָ֛ר בְּעֵינֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | the word was pleasing in the eyes of the king | Here, **eyes** have the same figurative meaning. The phrase indicates that King Ahasuerus thought that this suggestion was a good idea. Alternate translation: “The king found their suggestion appealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 143 | EST | 2 | 4 | zxc1 | וַיַּ֥עַשׂ כֵּֽן | 1 | so he did thus | Alternate translation: “so he followed the suggestion” | |
| 144 | EST | 2 | 5 | h6z2 | writing-participants | אִ֣ישׁ יְהוּדִ֔י | 1 | жил один иудей | В повествовании появляется новое действующее лицо - Мардохей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]). |
| 145 | EST | 2 | 5 | uu9i | translate-unknown | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֑ה | 1 | В столице Сузы | См., как вы перевели название этого города в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 146 | EST | 2 | 5 | zxc3 | translate-names | מָרְדֳּכַ֗י | 1 | сын Иаира, сын Семея, сын Киса | Иаир, Семей и Кис были предками Мардохея (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 147 | EST | 2 | 5 | q2rz | translate-names | בֶּ֣ן יָאִ֧יר בֶּן־שִׁמְעִ֛י בֶּן־קִ֖ישׁ | 1 | из колена Вениамина | из племени Вениамина |
| 148 | EST | 2 | 5 | kw5t | אִ֥ישׁ יְמִינִֽי | 1 | a man, a Benjamite | While this likely refers to Kish, it is necessarily also true of Mordecai, and you could put it second in the verse. That way Mordecai’s nationality would come first, then his tribe, and then his family and clan. Alternate translation: “from the tribe of Benjamin” | |
| 149 | EST | 2 | 6 | z7fe | figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם | 1 | Он был переселён из Иерусалима | В оригинальном тексте неясно, о ком именно идёт речь. Возможно, имеется в виду Кис - прадед Мардохея. Если здесь говорится о Мардохее, тогда ко времени воцарения Есфири он должен был быть очень стар. Многие современные версии не дают никаких пояснений, однако в некоторых из них, в том числе и в английской UDB предполагается, что речь всё-таки идёт о Мардохее, переселённом из Иерусалима. |
| 150 | EST | 2 | 6 | egm7 | writing-background | אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם | 1 | с иудейским царём Иехонией | (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 151 | EST | 2 | 6 | zxc7 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם | 1 | who had been exiled from Jerusalem | If it would be clearer in your language, you could say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought the people that he took away from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “had taken Kish away from Jerusalem … and brought him to Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 152 | EST | 2 | 6 | zxc9 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | עִ֖ם | 1 | along with | This means that the two things happened at the same time. You can indicate this with a phrase like “at the same time that he took.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 153 | EST | 2 | 6 | ch1t | translate-names | יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה | 1 | Jeconiah, the king of Judah | In the historical passage where this event is described (2 Kings 24:8–17), this king is called Jehoiachin. That was another name by which he was known. You can call him Jehoiachin here in Esther if you think that would help your readers recognize him better. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 154 | EST | 2 | 6 | zxv1 | translate-names | אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֖ר מֶ֥לֶךְ בָּבֶֽל | 1 | whom Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon had exiled | You can say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought this king when he took him away from Jerusalem. For example, you can say, “Nebuchadnezzar … took King Jehoiachin of Judah away from Jerusalem and brought him to Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 155 | EST | 2 | 7 | zxv3 | וַיְהִ֨י | 1 | Свзующее утверждение: | Здесь продолжаеся мысль о том, кем был Мардохей и кем он приходился Есфири (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). | |
| 156 | EST | 2 | 7 | hfm9 | בַּת־דֹּד֔וֹ | 1 | Гадассы | Это было еврейское имя Есфири (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). | |
| 157 | EST | 2 | 7 | m9kx | translate-names | הֲדַסָּ֗ה הִ֤יא אֶסְתֵּר֙ | 1 | дочь его дяди | его двоюродная сестра |
| 158 | EST | 2 | 7 | zxv7 | translate-names | אֶסְתֵּר֙ | 1 | не было у неё ни отца, ни матери | её родители умерли |
| 159 | EST | 2 | 7 | ccb1 | אֵ֥ין לָ֖הּ אָ֣ב וָאֵ֑ם | 1 | взял её к себе вместо дочери | забоился о ней как о собственной дочери | |
| 160 | EST | 2 | 7 | jd59 | figs-parallelism | וְהַנַּעֲרָ֤ה יְפַת־תֹּ֨אַר֙ וְטוֹבַ֣ת מַרְאֶ֔ה | 1 | Now the young woman was beautiful of form and pleasing of appearance | These two phrases mean something similar. Separately, they could be saying that Esther was both sexually mature and very attractive. But taken together, they mean that, overall, she was very pleasant to look at. You could combine them, as UST does, and say that she was “exceptionally attractive” Alternate translation: “she had a lovely body and a beautiful face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 161 | EST | 2 | 7 | skt5 | writing-background | וּבְמ֤וֹת אָבִ֨יהָ֙ וְאִמָּ֔הּ לְקָחָ֧הּ מָרְדֳּכַ֛י ל֖וֹ לְבַֽת | 1 | And at the death of her father and her mother, Mordecai had taken her for him as a daughter | This is background information explaining the relationship between Mordecai and Esther. You can move it to right after the place where Esther is introduced by name because it describes what happened in the past, before Esther became a beautiful young woman. Alternate translation: “after her father and her mother had died, Mordecai had adopted her as his own daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 162 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcv1 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | בְּהִשָּׁמַ֤ע דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְדָת֔וֹ וּֽבְהִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת | 1 | объявили | провозгласили |
| 163 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcv7 | figs-explicit | בְּהִשָּׁמַ֤ע | 1 | в царский дом | См., как вы перевели данную мысль в [Есфирь 1:5](../01/05.md). |
| 164 | EST | 2 | 8 | m3ld | figs-activepassive | וּֽבְהִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת | 1 | and when many young women were gathered | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 165 | EST | 2 | 8 | jd65 | translate-unknown | שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַבִּירָ֖ה | 1 | Susa the citadel | Here again, this likely means “the capital city of Susa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 166 | EST | 2 | 8 | mbk1 | figs-metaphor | אֶל־יַ֣ד הֵגָ֑י | 1 | into the hand of Hegai | Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. You could say that the officers “put them under the custody of Hegai” or that “Hegai began to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 167 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcv9 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וַיְהִ֗י בְּהִשָּׁמַ֤ע…וּֽבְהִקָּבֵ֞ץ…וַתִּלָּקַ֤ח | 1 | So it happened that, when…were heard, and when…were gathered…Esther was taken | This means that Esther was brought to the harem of King Ahaserus at the same time as other young women were also being brought to the harem. You can say, “they brought Esther at the same time” or “they also brought Esther.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) |
| 168 | EST | 2 | 8 | n3zc | figs-activepassive | וַתִּלָּקַ֤ח | 1 | that…Esther was taken | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they brought Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 169 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcb1 | figs-explicit | וַתִּלָּקַ֤ח | 1 | that…Esther was taken | You can explain why this happened. For example, you can say, “Because Esther was exceptionally attractive, the officers also brought her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 170 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcb3 | בֵּ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | the house of the king | Alternate translation: “the king’s palace” | |
| 171 | EST | 2 | 8 | jd71 | figs-metaphor | אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגַ֖י שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַנָּשִֽׁים | 1 | into the hand of Hegai | As earlier in this verse, this means under the custody of Hegai or that Hegai also began to take care of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 172 | EST | 2 | 8 | zcb5 | writing-background | שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַנָּשִֽׁים | 1 | who was overseer of the women | This means that Hegai took care of the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could move this information to earlier in the verse when Hegai is first mentioned because it explains why the young women were brought to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 173 | EST | 2 | 9 | zcb9 | figs-metonymy | וַתִּיטַ֨ב הַנַּעֲרָ֣ה בְעֵינָיו֮ | 1 | Эта девушка | Есфирь |
| 174 | EST | 2 | 9 | f8i8 | הַנַּעֲרָ֣ה | 1 | the young woman | This means Esther. You should make sure that this is clear in your translation. | |
| 175 | EST | 2 | 9 | jd75 | בְעֵינָיו֮ | 1 | in his eyes | Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation. | |
| 176 | EST | 2 | 9 | jd77 | figs-metonymy | וַתִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְפָנָיו֒ | 1 | and she lifted kindness before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 177 | EST | 2 | 9 | jd79 | לְפָנָיו֒ | 1 | before his face | Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation. | |
| 178 | EST | 2 | 9 | abc1 | translate-unknown | תַּמְרוּקֶ֤יהָ | 1 | her ointments | Alternate translation: “her beauty treatments,” as in [2:3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 179 | EST | 2 | 9 | abc2 | מָנוֹתֶ֨הָ֙ | 1 | her portions of food | In context, this likely means that Hegai made sure that Esther was served good food that would keep her healthy. | |
| 180 | EST | 2 | 9 | abc3 | שֶׁ֣בַע הַנְּעָר֔וֹת הָרְאֻי֥וֹת לָֽתֶת־לָ֖הּ מִבֵּ֣ית הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | gave her seven young women chosen from the house of the king | This means that Hegai chose seven female servants from the king’s palace and assigned them to take care of Esther. | |
| 181 | EST | 2 | 9 | abc4 | וַיְשַׁנֶּ֧הָ וְאֶת־נַעֲרוֹתֶ֛יהָ | 1 | And he transferred her and her young women | **Her** means Esther, and **her young women** means the female attendants Hegai assigned to her. | |
| 182 | EST | 2 | 10 | abc6 | לֹא־הִגִּ֣ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֶת־עַמָּ֖הּ וְאֶת־מֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑הּ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 183 | EST | 2 | 10 | abc7 | figs-doublet | אֶת־עַמָּ֖הּ וְאֶת־מֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑הּ | 1 | her people or her ancestry | These two short phrases mean almost the same thing. They are used together to emphasize that Esther followed Mordecai’s instructions exactly. You could combine them, as UST does, and say something like “what people group she was from.” Alternate translation: “Esther did not tell anyone that she was a Jew, and she did not tell anyone who her relatives were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 184 | EST | 2 | 10 | abc8 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֧י מָרְדֳּכַ֛י צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖יהָ | 1 | for Mordecai had laid a charge upon her | This is background information that explains why Esther did not tell anyone about her family or nationality. So you can say this first in the verse if that is clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 185 | EST | 2 | 10 | abc9 | צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖יהָ | 1 | had laid a charge upon her | This means that Mordecai had gotten her to promise not to do it. | |
| 186 | EST | 2 | 11 | abd1 | מָרְדֳּכַי֙ מִתְהַלֵּ֔ךְ | 1 | Mordecai was walking about | Express this in the way your language describes an action that someone repeats over and over. For example, you can say, “Mordecai would walk around.” | |
| 187 | EST | 2 | 11 | jd83 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר | 1 | before the face of the courtyard | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 188 | EST | 2 | 11 | abd2 | בֵּית־הַנָּשִׁ֑ים | 1 | the house of women | Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins” | |
| 189 | EST | 2 | 11 | abd3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | לָדַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ | 1 | in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her | This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. You can place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said, if that would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 190 | EST | 2 | 11 | nz1p | שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר | 1 | the welfare of Esther | Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being” | |
| 191 | EST | 2 | 11 | abd4 | figs-parallelism | שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ | 1 | the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her | These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 192 | EST | 2 | 12 | jcj8 | writing-background | וּבְהַגִּ֡יעַ | 1 | Общая информация: | В 12-14 стихах описывается жизнь царских наложниц (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). |
| 193 | EST | 2 | 12 | jd85 | figs-idiom | נַעֲרָ֨ה וְנַעֲרָ֜ה | 1 | после того, как каждая выполняла всё, что ей было определено | после того, как каждая выполняла все требования |
| 194 | EST | 2 | 12 | abd5 | figs-explicit | וּבְהַגִּ֡יעַ תֹּר֩…לָב֣וֹא ׀ אֶל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ | 1 | притиранья | Речь идёт о косметических средствах, использующихся для того, чтобы сделать девушек более привлекательными. |
| 195 | EST | 2 | 12 | p7i5 | translate-unknown | כְּדָ֤ת הַנָּשִׁים֙ | 1 | according to the law of women | Here, **law** probably does not mean a legal decree, but rather a standard regimen that had been developed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 196 | EST | 2 | 12 | abd7 | writing-background | כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י מְרוּקֵיהֶ֑ן | 1 | For thus the days of their beautification would be fulfilled | This phrase indicates that the story is now going to provide background information on how these treatments were done. It means, “This is how these women would spend the time preparing to go to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 197 | EST | 2 | 12 | abd8 | figs-explicit | שִׁשָּׁ֤ה חֳדָשִׁים֙ בְּשֶׁ֣מֶן הַמֹּ֔ר | 1 | six months by oil of myrrh | This means that a woman’s attendants would rub her body with olive oil mixed with myrrh every day for six months. You can explain this in more detail if your readers need this information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 198 | EST | 2 | 12 | abd9 | בְּשֶׁ֣מֶן הַמֹּ֔ר | 1 | by oil of myrrh | This likely means “olive oil mixed with myrrh.” | |
| 199 | EST | 2 | 12 | zhd1 | translate-unknown | וּבְתַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַנָּשִֽׁים | 1 | and by the ointments of women | This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used figuratively to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 200 | EST | 2 | 13 | abe0 | figs-explicit | הַֽנַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | в дом царя | См., как вы перевели это слово в [Есфирь 1:5](../01/05.md). |
| 201 | EST | 2 | 13 | abe1 | figs-explicit | כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָהּ֙ | 1 | Anything that she said would be given to her | **Anything** most likely refers to clothing and jewelry. This phrase probably means that a woman could take any of those that she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly by saying, “A young woman could take whatever clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 202 | EST | 2 | 13 | v133 | figs-activepassive | כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָהּ֙ | 1 | Anything that she said would be given to her | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she could take whatever she wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 203 | EST | 2 | 13 | abe3 | בֵּ֥ית הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the house of the king | Alternate translation: “the king’s rooms” or “the king’s house” or “the king’s palace” | |
| 204 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe4 | figs-explicit | הִ֣יא בָאָ֗ה | 1 | Связующее утверждение: | Дополнительная информация, начатая в [Есфирь 2:12](../02/12.md) продолжается. Речь идёт о жизни царских наложниц (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]). |
| 205 | EST | 2 | 14 | yw63 | אֶל־יַ֧ד שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז סְרִ֥יס הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַפִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים | 1 | под присмотр царского евнуха Шаазгаза, который был смотрителем наложниц | где евнух Шаазгаз заботился о наложницах царя | |
| 206 | EST | 2 | 14 | q5yx | translate-names | שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז | 1 | Шаазгаз | Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 207 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe5 | translate-unknown | סְרִ֥יס הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | the eunuch of the king | See how you translated this term, **eunuch**, in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” rather than “of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 208 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe6 | שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַפִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים | 1 | the overseer of the concubines | This means that Shaashgaz was the official who *took care of the concubines* or who was responsible for the concubines. | |
| 209 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe7 | figs-explicit | הַפִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים | 1 | the concubines | As a **concubine**, the young woman was one of the king’s secondary wives. She would live in this harem for the rest of her life. She was not free to return to her family or to marry anybody else. If it would help your readers to understand the story, you could explain all or part of this to your readers here, if you did not do so in 2:12 or 2:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 210 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe8 | לֹא־תָב֥וֹא עוֹד֙ אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | She would not go to the king again | Alternate translation: “She would not go and see the king again.” In verse 12, the Note mentioned that “go to the king” meant “have sexual relations with the king.” But for this occurrence of the expression, it is appropriate to use a more general phrase such as “visit the king” because there could be other, more social reasons for a further visit. The woman would now be a secondary wife, and the king would only send for her if he decided that he enjoyed being with her. | |
| 211 | EST | 2 | 14 | abe9 | חָפֵ֥ץ בָּ֛הּ | 1 | had delighted in her | This means that he “had enjoyed being with her” or that she “had pleased the king very much.” | |
| 212 | EST | 2 | 14 | abf0 | figs-activepassive | וְנִקְרְאָ֥ה בְשֵֽׁם | 1 | and she was called by name | You can say this with an active form. For example, you can say, “and the king asked for her by name” or “and called for her by name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 213 | EST | 2 | 15 | fiy8 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וּבְהַגִּ֣יעַ תֹּר־אֶסְתֵּ֣ר…לָב֣וֹא אֶל־הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | Когда настало время Есфири | В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]). |
| 214 | EST | 2 | 15 | jk51 | figs-distinguish | בַּת־אֲבִיחַ֣יִל דֹּ֣ד מָרְדֳּכַ֡י אֲשֶׁר֩ לָקַֽח־ל֨וֹ לְבַ֜ת | 1 | дочери Аминадава, дяди Мардохея, который взял её к себе вместо дочери | Это дополнительная информация, в которой собщается о том, в каком родстве Есфирь состояла с Мардохеем (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]). |
| 215 | EST | 2 | 15 | mg8y | translate-names | אֲבִיחַ֣יִל | 1 | Аминадав | Аминадав был отцом Есфири и дядей Мардохея (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 216 | EST | 2 | 15 | vw9r | אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י | 1 | Гегай | См., как вы перевели это имя в [Есфирь 2:3](../02/03.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). | |
| 217 | EST | 2 | 15 | abf2 | figs-distinguish | סְרִיס־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַנָּשִׁ֑ים | 1 | the eunuch of the king who was overseer of the women | This is saying that Hegai was the royal official responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. This is background information that reminds the reader who Hegai was by describing his responsibilities. You could also move this to the end of the verse and put it in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 218 | EST | 2 | 15 | abf3 | translate-unknown | סְרִיס־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | the eunuch of the king | See how you decided to translate the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” for “of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 219 | EST | 2 | 15 | z519 | figs-idiom | נֹשֵׂ֣את חֵ֔ן בְּעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־רֹאֶֽיהָ | 1 | a lifter of favor in the eyes of every man who saw her | This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, the expression probably means that everyone who saw Esther dressed in the clothes she would wear for her visit to the king was very impressed with the way she looked. Alternate translation: “pleased all who saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 220 | EST | 2 | 15 | jd87 | figs-metaphor | בְּעֵינֵ֖י | 1 | in the eyes of | Here, **eyes** is a metonym for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that everyone who saw Esther thought that she was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. Alternate translation: “in the judgment of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 221 | EST | 2 | 15 | jd89 | figs-gendernotations | כָּל־רֹאֶֽיהָ | 1 | every man who saw her | This phrase can mean either **every man or every person who saw her**. Alternate translation: “every man who saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 222 | EST | 2 | 16 | jd91 | figs-activepassive | וַתִּלָּקַ֨ח אֶסְתֵּ֜ר | 1 | в десятом месяце, то есть в месяце Тебефе | Тевет (Тебет; Тебеф) — десятый месяц священного еврейского года, начинающийся с конца декабря и длящийся до начала января (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 223 | EST | 2 | 16 | jd92 | translate-ordinal | בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָעֲשִׂירִ֖י | 1 | in the tenth month | Alternate translation: “in month ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 224 | EST | 2 | 16 | jr5s | translate-hebrewmonths | הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת | 1 | which is the month of Tebeth | **Tebeth** is the name of the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “that is, the month of Tebeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 225 | EST | 2 | 16 | abf6 | חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת | 1 | the month of Tebeth | The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court. But for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. | |
| 226 | EST | 2 | 16 | abf7 | translate-unknown | חֹ֣דֶשׁ טֵבֵ֑ת | 1 | the month of Tebeth | You could convert the Hebrew days and months into approximate dates on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the dates will be different every year and the translation will not be quite accurate. So you may just want to provide the Hebrew days and months. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 227 | EST | 2 | 16 | x6yg | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְמַלְכוּתֽוֹ | 1 | in the seventh year of his reign | Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Ahasuerus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 228 | EST | 2 | 17 | p3s7 | figs-parallelism | וַיֶּאֱהַ֨ב הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ אֶת־אֶסְתֵּר֙ מִכָּל־הַנָּשִׁ֔ים וַתִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָחֶ֛סֶד לְפָנָ֖יו מִכָּל־הַבְּתוּלֹ֑ת | 1 | Царь полюбил Есфирь | Речь идёт о любви как о романтическом чувстве. |
| 229 | EST | 2 | 17 | bcu8 | figs-idiom | וַתִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָחֶ֛סֶד לְפָנָ֖יו | 1 | Он одел ей на голову царский венец | То есть царь сделал её царицей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]). |
| 230 | EST | 2 | 17 | abf9 | figs-doublet | וַתִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָחֶ֛סֶד לְפָנָ֖יו | 1 | And she lifted both favor and kindness before his face | **Favor** and **kindness** mean similar things and are probably used together here to strengthen a single idea. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 231 | EST | 2 | 17 | jd93 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָ֖יו | 1 | before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 232 | EST | 2 | 17 | sym3 | translate-symaction | וַיָּ֤שֶׂם כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ בְּרֹאשָׁ֔הּ | 1 | So he set a crown of royalty on her head | Ahasuerus did this to show that he was making Esther his queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 233 | EST | 2 | 17 | abg0 | figs-abstractnouns | כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ | 1 | a crown of royalty | To translate the abstract noun **royalty**, you can use an adjective such as a “royal” crown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 234 | EST | 2 | 18 | b1hd | translate-names | מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה אֶסְתֵּ֑ר | 1 | Также сделал освобождение от налогов областям | стал брать меньше налогов с провинций |
| 235 | EST | 2 | 18 | ufm8 | translate-unknown | וַהֲנָחָ֤ה לַמְּדִינוֹת֙ עָשָׂ֔ה | 1 | областям | Область - это большая территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления) См., как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 236 | EST | 2 | 18 | jd95 | figs-metonymy | כְּיַ֥ד הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | с царской щедростью | с такой щедростью, на которую был способен только царь |
| 237 | EST | 2 | 19 | g38f | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וּבְהִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | Когда во второй раз собраны были девушки | Неясно, когда именно это поизошло и по какой причине. Данная фраза может по-разному излагаться в разных версиях. Постарайтесь перевести её без изменений. |
| 238 | EST | 2 | 19 | ang3 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וּבְהִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית וּמָרְדֳּכַ֖י | 1 | у царских ворот | у ворот в царский дворец |
| 239 | EST | 2 | 19 | a23f | figs-idiom | וּמָרְדֳּכַ֖י יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּשַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Mordecai was then sitting at the gate of the king | Possible meanings are: (1) **Sitting at the king’s gate** is an idiom meaning that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) Mordecai sat there so he could hear about how Esther was doing from the many people who passed through the gate. |
| 240 | EST | 2 | 19 | i8in | בְּשַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | at the gate of the king | Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s house” or “the gate to the king’s palace” | |
| 241 | EST | 2 | 20 | abg5 | figs-doublet | מֽוֹלַדְתָּהּ֙ וְאֶת־עַמָּ֔הּ | 1 | Как приказал Мардохей | Мардохей повелел Есфири никому не говорить о её происхождении. |
| 242 | EST | 2 | 20 | fb39 | כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖יהָ מָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | according to the charge that Mordecai had laid upon her | Alternate translation: “just as Mordecai had instructed her” or “as Mordecai had made her promise” or “because Mordecai had warned her not to tell anyone” | |
| 243 | EST | 2 | 21 | vi16 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֔ם | 1 | В это время | В повествовании начинается новая часть (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]). |
| 244 | EST | 2 | 21 | abg7 | figs-explicit | וּמָרְדֳּכַ֖י יֹשֵׁ֣ב בְּשַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | Гавафа и Фарра | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 245 | EST | 2 | 21 | abg8 | figs-idiom | יֹשֵׁ֣ב בְּשַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | was sitting at the gate of the king | As in verse 19, this is likely an idiom that means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate where officials met to make important decisions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 246 | EST | 2 | 21 | y2vl | translate-names | בִּגְתָ֨ן וָתֶ֜רֶשׁ | 1 | Bigthan and Teresh | These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 247 | EST | 2 | 21 | abg9 | translate-unknown | שְׁנֵֽי־סָרִיסֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | two eunuchs of the king | See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). For the phrase **of the king**, you can say “royal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 248 | EST | 2 | 21 | abh0 | מִשֹּׁמְרֵ֣י הַסַּ֔ף | 1 | who were guardians of the doorway | In this case the men were not guardians of one of the harems but guardians of the king’s private rooms. You could say, “they guarded the doorway to the king’s private rooms” or “they protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters.” | |
| 249 | EST | 2 | 21 | abh1 | figs-metaphor | וַיְבַקְשׁוּ֙ | 1 | and they sought | Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 250 | EST | 2 | 21 | jd97 | figs-idiom | לִשְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד | 1 | to stretch out a hand | Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 251 | EST | 2 | 22 | dgp3 | figs-idiom | בְּשֵׁ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי | 1 | in the name of Mordecai | This expression means that Esther passed the information along to King Ahasuerus on Mordecai’s behalf or that she told the king the information had come from Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 252 | EST | 2 | 23 | y28j | translate-unknown | עַל־עֵ֑ץ | 1 | on a tree | Here, **tree** could mean a live tree or anything that is made from a tree, meaning that is made of wood. This could be any kind of pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend someone above the ground and could be used as a means of killing the person or to display the person’s body after the person is dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging them from it with a rope tied around the neck, or (2) by impaling them on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through their body. You could translate this as “a wooden pole” or “a gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 253 | EST | 2 | 23 | g9nh | figs-activepassive | וַיִּכָּתֵ֗ב | 1 | And it was written | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 254 | EST | 2 | 23 | abh5 | figs-idiom | בְּסֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַיָּמִ֖ים | 1 | the book of the events of days | This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 255 | EST | 2 | 23 | abh6 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | before the face of the king | Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 256 | EST | 3 | intro | zb26 | 0 | # Есфирь 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Аман издаёт указ об истреблении еврейского народа #####<br><br>Если бы Мардохей пал ниц перед Аманом, это бы означило, что он поклонился этому человеку. Однако человек не должен поклоняться людям, но только Богу. То есть Мардохей отказался поклоняться Аману из духовных соображений. Поступок Мардохея привёл Амана в ярость и побудил издать указ об истреблении еврейского народа по всей Персидской империи.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__ | |||
| 257 | EST | 3 | 1 | mm4c | writing-newevent | אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה | 1 | После этого | В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]). |
| 258 | EST | 3 | 1 | abh7 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה | 1 | вугеянину Аману, сына Амадафа | Речь идёт об Амане - одном из царских чиновников (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 259 | EST | 3 | 1 | abh8 | translate-names | בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָאֲגָגִ֖י | 1 | the son of Hammedatha, the Agagite | These are the names of Haman’s father and Haman’s people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 260 | EST | 3 | 1 | abh9 | figs-explicit | גִּדַּל֩…אֲחַשְׁוֵר֜וֹשׁ אֶת־הָמָ֧ן | 1 | Ahasuerus made Haman…great | This means that Ahasuerus **promoted** Haman. It’s implied in the story that Haman was already one of Ahasuerus’s officials, but that he was now being promoted to a higher position. You could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 261 | EST | 3 | 1 | abi0 | figs-doublet | וַֽיְנַשְּׂאֵ֑הוּ וַיָּ֨שֶׂם֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔וֹ מֵעַ֕ל כָּל־הַשָּׂרִ֖ים | 1 | He lifted him up and placed his seat of authority from over all the officials | These two phrases mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize that the king was making Haman very powerful. You could combine them and say something like, “the king gave Haman a very high position that was over all of his other officials.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 262 | EST | 3 | 1 | pl9i | figs-metaphor | וַֽיְנַשְּׂאֵ֑הוּ | 1 | He lifted him up | Here, **lifting** is a metaphor meaning to advance or promote a person to a higher, more important position than they held previously. Alternate translation: “he gave him a more important position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 263 | EST | 3 | 1 | ptm4 | figs-idiom | כִּסְא֔וֹ | 1 | his seat of authority | Here, **seat of authority** means Haman’s position or status in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 264 | EST | 3 | 1 | abi1 | figs-abstractnouns | כִּסְא֔וֹ | 1 | his seat of authority | You can translate the abstract noun “authority” by using a concrete noun for this whole phrase. For example, you can say, “his position.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 265 | EST | 3 | 1 | abi2 | מֵעַ֕ל כָּל־הַשָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽוֹ | 1 | from over all the officials who were with him | **Him** in this phrase may refer to the king. You could say that “the king promoted him above his other officials” or “gave him more authority than all of his other officials” or that “Haman became more important than all of his other officials.” | |
| 266 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi3 | figs-metonymy | וְכָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּשַׁ֣עַר הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | кланялись и падали лицом вниз | Это был жест подчинения власти Амана (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]). |
| 267 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi4 | figs-explicit | וְכָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְהָמָ֔ן | 1 | падали лицом вниз перед Аманом | выражали своё смирение, падая лицом вниз перед Аманом |
| 268 | EST | 3 | 2 | e25k | translate-symaction | כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ | 1 | were bowing down and prostrating themselves | This means that the other officials humbled themselves and lay flat on the ground before Haman. These actions represented recognition and respect for the very high position that the king had given him in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 269 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi5 | figs-doublet | כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ | 1 | were bowing down and prostrating themselves | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and honor Haman in this way. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “bow down all the way to the ground.” Alternate translation: “bowing and lying down on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 270 | EST | 3 | 2 | fg8v | וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ | 1 | and prostrating themselves to Haman | This means bowing down all the way to the ground. | |
| 271 | EST | 3 | 2 | jd99 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣וֹ | 1 | for thus the king had commanded concerning him | If that would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains the reason why all the other officials were bowing to Haman. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 272 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi6 | figs-explicit | כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣וֹ | 1 | for thus the king had commanded concerning him | The king did this as a sign of Haman’s new position. You can state this here or in a separate sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the king had commanded them to do this in order to show that he had given Haman such a high position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 273 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi7 | figs-parallelism | וּמָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְלֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה | 1 | But Mordecai would neither bow down nor would he prostrate himself | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was against the king’s command and how much determination it took for Mordecai to remain standing. You could combine these phrases as UST does and say, “But Mordecai refused to bow down to Haman.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 274 | EST | 3 | 2 | abi8 | figs-explicit | וּמָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְלֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה | 1 | But Mordecai would neither bow down nor would he prostrate himself | It appears that as a Jew, Mordecai considered it wrong to worship anyone other than Yahweh, and that he believed he would be worshiping Haman if he bowed down low to the ground to honor him. So, on religious grounds, Mordecai refused to bow down. You can say this explicitly if it would make your translation clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 275 | EST | 3 | 3 | abi9 | עַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 276 | EST | 3 | 3 | abj0 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ…לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | said to Mordecai | They spoke to Mordecai because they saw that he did not bow down. You can say this explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. You can say, for example, “The other officials saw that, and they asked Mordecai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 277 | EST | 3 | 3 | abj1 | מַדּ֨וּעַ֙ אַתָּ֣ה עוֹבֵ֔ר אֵ֖ת מִצְוַ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Why are you trespassing the command of the king? | Alternative translation: “why are you disobeying the king’s command” or “why are you not obeying what the king commanded” | |
| 278 | EST | 3 | 4 | jd3r | figs-explicit | באמרם אֵלָיו֙ | 1 | чтобы посмотреть, останется ли верен своему слову Мардохей | чтобы посмотреть, какие действия Аман предпримет относительно Мардохея |
| 279 | EST | 3 | 4 | jd1r | figs-idiom | י֣וֹם וָי֔וֹם | 1 | day by day | This expression means “every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 280 | EST | 3 | 4 | abj2 | figs-idiom | וַיְהִ֗י באמרם אֵלָיו֙…וְלֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | Now it happened that, when they spoke…he did not listen to them. | Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 281 | EST | 3 | 4 | uek4 | figs-idiom | וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְהָמָ֗ן לִרְאוֹת֙ הֲיַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י | 1 | So they told Haman to see if the words of Mordecai would stand | In this context, **standing** figuratively means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 282 | EST | 3 | 4 | abj3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָהֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי | 1 | for he had told them that he was a Jew | This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If that would be clearer in your language, you can put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 283 | EST | 3 | 4 | abj4 | figs-explicit | כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָהֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי | 1 | for he had told them that he was a Jew | Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. You could say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 284 | EST | 3 | 5 | abj5 | figs-metaphor | וַיַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן | 1 | не кланяется и не падает лицом вниз | Отказавшись кланяться Аману, Мардохей открыто продемонстрировал непочительное оношение к положению царского чиновника (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]). |
| 285 | EST | 3 | 5 | wk8p | figs-metaphor | וַיִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה | 1 | And Haman was filled with rage | Here, **Haman’s rage** is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 286 | EST | 3 | 6 | abj7 | וַיִּ֣בֶז | 1 | it was despised | **Despise** in this context means not to hate but to think little of or think something is too small. This expression means that Haman decided it would not be enough just to kill Mordecai alone. | |
| 287 | EST | 3 | 6 | jd9r | figs-metaphor | בְּעֵינָ֗יו | 1 | in his eyes | Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 288 | EST | 3 | 6 | abj8 | לִשְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ בְּמָרְדֳּכַ֣י לְבַדּ֔וֹ | 1 | to stretch out a hand against Mordecai alone | Alternate translation: “he rejected the idea of killing only Mordecai” or “he decided to kill more than just Mordecai” or “he decided that it would not be enough to get rid of only Mordecai” | |
| 289 | EST | 3 | 6 | j11r | figs-idiom | לִשְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ | 1 | to stretch out a hand | As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 290 | EST | 3 | 6 | abj9 | כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥ידוּ ל֖וֹ אֶת־עַ֣ם מָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | for they had told him the people of Mordecai | **They** means the other royal officials. **Him** refers to Haman. **The people of Mordecai** means the Jews. Mordecai had told these officials that he would not bow down to Haman because Jews worshiped only God. So this means that the other officials had told Haman that Mordecai was not bowing down to him because he was a Jew. | |
| 291 | EST | 3 | 6 | hue9 | figs-metaphor | וַיְבַקֵּ֣שׁ הָמָ֗ן לְהַשְׁמִ֧יד | 1 | So Haman sought to annihilate | Here, **seeking** figuratively means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 292 | EST | 3 | 6 | abk0 | בְּכָל־מַלְכ֥וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֖וֹשׁ | 1 | in all the kingdom of Ahasuerus | This means in the entire empire that King Ahasuerus ruled. | |
| 293 | EST | 3 | 6 | abk1 | figs-doublet | הַיְּהוּדִ֛ים…עַ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי | 1 | the Jews, the people of Mordecai | These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The repetition emphasizes how great the threat was to their existence. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “all of the Jews.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai’s people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 294 | EST | 3 | 7 | wyv6 | translate-hebrewmonths | הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֔ן | 1 | то есть месяц Нисан | Нисан - 1-й месяц в еврейском календаре (он длится с марта по апрель) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 295 | EST | 3 | 7 | abk3 | translate-unknown | הַגּוֹרָ֜ל | 1 | то есть на месяц Адар | Адар - 12-й и последний месяц в иудейском календаре (он длится марта по апрель) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 296 | EST | 3 | 7 | abk4 | figs-activepassive | הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ | 1 | a Pur…was cast | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “Haman had his servants cast a Pur.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 297 | EST | 3 | 7 | abk5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ | 1 | a Pur…was cast | If that would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first because it explains the rest of what happens in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 298 | EST | 3 | 7 | j13r | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן | 1 | before the face of Haman | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 299 | EST | 3 | 7 | j15r | מִיּ֧וֹם ׀ לְי֛וֹם וּמֵחֹ֛דֶשׁ לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ | 1 | from day to day and from month to month | This expression means that the lot was cast to select a particular day of the month and a particular month of the year. | |
| 300 | EST | 3 | 7 | j17r | figs-explicit | מִיּ֧וֹם ׀ לְי֛וֹם וּמֵחֹ֛דֶשׁ לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ | 1 | from day to day and from month to month | Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 301 | EST | 3 | 7 | ih4b | translate-hebrewmonths | שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר | 1 | the twelfth, which is the month of Adar | **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 302 | EST | 3 | 7 | abk6 | שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר | 1 | the twelfth, which is the month of Adar | See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent. | |
| 303 | EST | 3 | 7 | abk7 | figs-explicit | שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר | 1 | the twelfth, which is the month of Adar | This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate Translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 304 | EST | 3 | 7 | k3vd | translate-ordinal | שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר | 1 | the twelfth | Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 305 | EST | 3 | 8 | aig9 | translate-numbers | יֶשְׁנ֣וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד | 1 | разбросанный и рассеянный | живущие по разным местам |
| 306 | EST | 3 | 8 | p4a8 | figs-doublet | מְפֻזָּ֤ר וּמְפֹרָד֙ | 1 | по всем областям | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления ею). См., как вы перевели данное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 307 | EST | 3 | 8 | r34x | figs-123person | דָּתֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | the laws of the king | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You could have him say, “your laws.” Or you could indicate this respect another way by having Haman begin by saying, “Your Majesty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 308 | EST | 3 | 8 | bf9g | וְלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֵין־שֹׁוֶ֖ה לְהַנִּיחָֽם | 1 | And there is no profit to the king to leave them untouched | Haman is saying, “It is not good for you to allow them to live in your empire.” This can also be stated without the negative. Alternate translation: “the king should remove them” or “you should remove them” | |
| 309 | EST | 3 | 8 | j19r | figs-123person | וְלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ | 1 | no profit to the king | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person by saying, “not good for you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 310 | EST | 3 | 9 | abl3 | figs-activepassive | יִכָּתֵ֖ב | 1 | let it be written | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action. For example, you can say, “the king could write a decree” or “you could write a decree.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 311 | EST | 3 | 9 | abl4 | לְאַבְּדָ֑ם | 1 | to destroy them | This means that the decree would say that all the Jews should be killed. | |
| 312 | EST | 3 | 9 | eh3w | figs-idiom | אֶשְׁקוֹל֙ עַל־יְדֵי֙ עֹשֵׂ֣י הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה | 1 | I will weigh out…into the hands of the doers of the work | This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) Haman could mean that the king’s men will be able to collect a huge amount of money from the plunder that they would get from the Jews. Referring to the weight would be a way of saying, “I guarantee that it will be at least that much.” This reasoning agrees with 3:13, where the king’s letter specifies that those who kill the Jews can take their plunder. Alternate translation: “we will get so much plunder that the officers you send will be able to bring back” (Also see UST) (2) “**Weigh out into the hands**” could be an idiom that means Haman himself will pay the officers who will put the plan into effect. Haman will not do this personally, but it means that he will take responsibility for paying them from his own resources. Alternate translation: “From my own resources I will pay … to the men who do the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 313 | EST | 3 | 9 | lhv5 | translate-bmoney | וַעֲשֶׂ֨רֶת אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף | 1 | 10,000 talents of silver | This would be worth over $300 million at current prices in 2020. But since prices vary over time, if you expressed the value in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the talent, and explain in a note that a talent was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does in metric tons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
| 314 | EST | 3 | 9 | vm59 | figs-hyperbole | אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף | 1 | The **talent** was the largest unit of money and **10,000** was the largest number in the counting system of the time. It is possible that Haman used these terms to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. Alternate translation: “a huge amount of silver” or “enormous amounts of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 315 | EST | 3 | 9 | abl5 | עֹשֵׂ֣י הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה | 1 | the doers of the work | This could mean: (1) those who work for the king in general (administrators) or (2) more specifically the officers whom Ahasuerus would send around the empire to organize the killing of the Jews. | |
| 316 | EST | 3 | 9 | abl7 | figs-123person | גִּנְזֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the treasuries of the king | Haman speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You could also have him speak of “your royal treasuries.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 317 | EST | 3 | 10 | abl8 | figs-explicit | וַיָּ֧סַר הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֖וֹ מֵעַ֣ל יָד֑וֹ וַֽיִּתְּנָ֗הּ לְהָמָ֧ן | 1 | перстень | На царском перстне была выгравирована печать царя, с помощью которой скреплялся правительственный указ. |
| 318 | EST | 3 | 10 | abl9 | translate-symaction | וַיָּ֧סַר הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֖וֹ מֵעַ֣ל יָד֑וֹ וַֽיִּתְּנָ֗הּ לְהָמָ֧ן | 1 | Then the king removed his signet ring from on his hand | **Giving the ring to Haman** showed that Haman could act on the king’s own authority. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king gave Haman the power to act on his authority to carry out the plan. To show that, he gave Haman the ring he wore that had his official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 319 | EST | 3 | 10 | c9md | translate-unknown | טַבַּעְתּ֖וֹ | 1 | his signet ring | This was a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. This ring had the king’s name or mark on it. When he put a wax seal on important papers, he would press the mark onto the seal. If a paper had this mark on its seal, people would know that what was written on the paper was written with the king’s authority and had to be obeyed. You could describe this as “the ring he wore that had his official seal on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 320 | EST | 3 | 10 | abm0 | בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָאֲגָגִ֖י | 1 | the son of Hammedatha the Agagite | This information about Haman’s identity is repeated to stress that the king giving him the signet ring was an official legal act that transferred power to him. (In the same way, legal documents today often use a person’s full name and other identifying information.) If you repeat this information in your own translation, your readers should see this significance. | |
| 321 | EST | 3 | 10 | abm1 | figs-distinguish | צֹרֵ֥ר הַיְּהוּדִֽים | 1 | the adversary of the Jews | This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. It means that he had become “the enemy of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 322 | EST | 3 | 11 | abm2 | figs-metaphor | וְהָעָ֕ם לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖וֹ כַּטּ֥וֹב בְּעֵינֶֽיךָ | 1 | and the people, to do with them as is good in your eyes | Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 323 | EST | 3 | 12 | t6qa | translate-hebrewmonths | בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּוֹ֒ | 1 | В тринадцатый день первого месяца | Речь идёт о первом месяце в иудейском календаре (о начале апреля) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]). |
| 324 | EST | 3 | 12 | abm3 | בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּוֹ֒ | 1 | к царским сатрапам | к областным правителям | |
| 325 | EST | 3 | 12 | j23r | figs-idiom | מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֗ה | 1 | province by province | This expression means every province**.** See how you translated this in 1:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 326 | EST | 3 | 12 | abm7 | שָׂ֤רֵי עַם֙ וָעָ֔ם | 1 | the officials of people by people | Alternate translation: “the leaders of each people group” | |
| 327 | EST | 3 | 12 | j25r | figs-idiom | עַם֙ וָעָ֔ם | 1 | people by people | This expression means every people group**.** See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 328 | EST | 3 | 12 | j27r | figs-idiom | מְדִינָ֤ה וּמְדִינָה֙ כִּכְתָבָ֔הּ | 1 | province by province according to its writing | See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “to each province using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 329 | EST | 3 | 12 | abm8 | figs-explicit | מְדִינָ֤ה וּמְדִינָה֙ כִּכְתָבָ֔הּ | 1 | province by province according to its writing | The implication is that the scribes translated the letter and sent it to each province using its own alphabet. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 330 | EST | 3 | 12 | j31r | figs-idiom | וְעַ֥ם וָעָ֖ם כִּלְשׁוֹנ֑וֹ | 1 | and to people by people according to its own tongue | See how you translated this expression in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “and to each people group in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 331 | EST | 3 | 12 | j33r | figs-metonymy | כִּלְשׁוֹנ֑וֹ | 1 | according to its tongue | Here, **tongue** is a metonym meaning the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “according to its language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 332 | EST | 3 | 12 | abm9 | figs-metaphor | בְּשֵׁ֨ם הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹשׁ֙ נִכְתָּ֔ב | 1 | In the name of the king Ahasuerus it was written | There are two possible meanings: (1) Here, **name** could mean the authority of the king. This would be saying that Haman’s letter had the same authority as it would have had if the king had sent it himself. Alternate translation: “Haman sent the letter under the king’s own authority” (2) However, this could also mean that Haman actually had the scribes sign the king’s name to the letter. Alternate translation: “they signed the king’s name at the end of the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 333 | EST | 3 | 12 | lyf2 | figs-activepassive | נִכְתָּ֔ב וְנֶחְתָּ֖ם בְּטַבַּ֥עַת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | It was written, and it was sealed with the signet ring of the king | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to show that he was sending the letter under the king’s own authority, Haman sealed each copy of the letter with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it,” or “the scribes signed the king’s name at the end of the letters. Then they sealed the letters with wax, and stamped the wax by using the king’s ring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 334 | EST | 3 | 13 | xs6g | figs-doublet | לְהַשְׁמִ֡יד לַהֲרֹ֣ג וּלְאַבֵּ֣ד | 1 | то есть месяца Адара | Адар - это 12-й и последний месяц еврейского календаря (длится с февраля по март) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 335 | EST | 3 | 13 | abn1 | figs-merism | מִנַּ֨עַר וְעַד־זָקֵ֜ן | 1 | разграбить | силой отнять |
| 336 | EST | 3 | 13 | abn2 | טַ֤ף וְנָשִׁים֙ | 1 | children and women | Alternate translation: “including the children and the women” | |
| 337 | EST | 3 | 13 | j35r | translate-numbers | בְּי֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | on one day | Alternate translation: “on a single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 338 | EST | 3 | 13 | abn3 | figs-explicit | בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר | 1 | on the thirteenth of the twelfth month | Implicitly, this means “the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 339 | EST | 3 | 13 | g5br | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר | 1 | on the thirteenth | Alternate translation: “on day thirteen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 340 | EST | 3 | 13 | j36r | translate-ordinal | לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר | 1 | of the twelfth month | Alternate translation: “of month twelve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 341 | EST | 3 | 13 | i5ur | translate-hebrewmonths | הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר | 1 | which is the month of Adar | This is the name of the twelfth month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you decided in 2:16 and 3:7 to express dates that the story gives according to the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 342 | EST | 3 | 13 | pbp1 | וּשְׁלָלָ֖ם לָבֽוֹז | 1 | and to plunder their spoils | This means that the letters also said that those who killed the Jews could take everything that belonged to them. | |
| 343 | EST | 3 | 14 | vga2 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֔ה | 1 | область | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 344 | EST | 3 | 14 | f6dc | לִהְי֥וֹת עֲתִדִ֖ים לַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | к тому дню | к этому событию | |
| 345 | EST | 3 | 15 | abn5 | figs-explicit | הָֽרָצִ֞ים יָצְא֤וּ דְחוּפִים֙ בִּדְבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | В столице | Столица представляла собой укреплённый город. См., как вы перевели это слово в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md). |
| 346 | EST | 3 | 15 | i12c | figs-activepassive | וְהַדָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה | 1 | Сузы | См., как вы перевели это слово в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 347 | EST | 3 | 15 | nlk8 | translate-unknown | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֑ה | 1 | был в смятении | был в панике |
| 348 | EST | 3 | 15 | abn6 | figs-synecdoche | יָשְׁב֣וּ לִשְׁתּ֔וֹת | 1 | sat down to drink | (1) This could mean that Ahasuerus and Haman had more than just a drink together. This could be a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. They may have celebrated with an entire banquet that is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “had a celebration feast together” (2) Another possibility is that this is describing a toast that Ahasuerus and Haman shared to celebrate their plan. “Sat down” would simply be describing how the men would have reclined at a table to drink. Alternate translation: “had a celebration toast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 349 | EST | 3 | 15 | wm4u | figs-explicit | נָבֽוֹכָה | 1 | the city of Susa was in confusion | The implication is that the people in Susa were very upset about what was going to happen and they did not know what to do about it. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 350 | EST | 3 | 15 | wbgv | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְהָעִ֥יר | 1 | The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 351 | EST | 3 | 15 | abn7 | figs-metonymy | וְהָעִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן | 1 | but the city of Susa | This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 352 | EST | 3 | 15 | abn8 | figs-abstractnouns | נָבֽוֹכָה | 1 | was in confusion | You can translate the abstract noun **confusion** with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 353 | EST | 4 | 1 | j37r | writing-participants | וּמָרְדֳּכַ֗י יָדַע֙ | 1 | узнал обо всём, что происходило | узнал об указе |
| 354 | EST | 4 | 1 | vgy8 | translate-symaction | וַיִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔יו וַיִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָאֵ֑פֶר | 1 | he tore his garments and put on sackcloth and ashes | These actions demonstrate extreme sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 355 | EST | 4 | 1 | abn9 | figs-explicit | וַיִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔יו וַיִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָאֵ֑פֶר | 1 | he tore his garments and put on sackcloth and ashes | You can explain why Mordecai did this. Alternate translation: “he was so anguished that he tore his clothes and put on rough sackcloth and threw ashes over himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 356 | EST | 4 | 1 | abo0 | figs-explicit | וַיֵּצֵא֙ בְּת֣וֹךְ הָעִ֔יר | 1 | he went out into the midst of the city | The next verse shows that Mordecai was heading towards the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly here. Mordecai might have wanted to call attention to the danger that the Jews were in by going to a public location where people were used to seeing him. Or he might have wanted to contact Esther and ask her to help with the trouble. Or he might have wanted both. Alternate translation: “he started walking towards the city center, towards the king’s palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 357 | EST | 4 | 1 | abo1 | figs-doublet | וַיִּזְעַ֛ק זְעָקָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּמָרָֽה | 1 | and cried out a great and bitter outcry | **Great** and **bitter** are two words that refer to the same thing and that work together. They indicate that Mordecai’s cry was so loud because it was so anguished. Alternate translation: “cried out in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 358 | EST | 4 | 2 | abo2 | וַיָּב֕וֹא | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 359 | EST | 4 | 2 | j38r | figs-metonymy | עַ֖ד לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | only as far as before the face of the gate of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 360 | EST | 4 | 2 | abo3 | שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | the gate of the king | See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace” | |
| 361 | EST | 4 | 2 | abo4 | grammar-connect-logic-result | אֵ֥ין לָב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּלְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק | 1 | no one was to come into the gate of the king while wearing sackcloth | Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 362 | EST | 4 | 3 | e73y | figs-idiom | וּבְכָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֗ה | 1 | В каждой области | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 363 | EST | 4 | 3 | abo5 | מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְדָתוֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ | 1 | была огромная скорбь среди иудеев | иудеи глубоко скорбели | |
| 364 | EST | 4 | 3 | abo6 | figs-doublet | דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְדָתוֹ֙ | 1 | лохмотья и пепел служили постелью для многих | Многие люди лежали на земле, одетые в лохмотья и покрытые пеплом |
| 365 | EST | 4 | 3 | e7zx | אֵ֤בֶל גָּדוֹל֙ לַיְּהוּדִ֔ים | 1 | there was great mourning by the Jews | Alternate translation: “the Jews mourned greatly” or “when the Jews heard about it, they mourned greatly” | |
| 366 | EST | 4 | 3 | abo7 | figs-explicit | וְצ֥וֹם | 1 | and fasting | **Fasting** is a sign of mourning. If your readers would not understand this, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went without food because they were so upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 367 | EST | 4 | 3 | abo8 | figs-doublet | וּבְכִ֖י וּמִסְפֵּ֑ד | 1 | weeping, and lamenting | These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how distressed the Jews were. Alternate translation: “wailed loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 368 | EST | 4 | 3 | djf6 | translate-symaction | שַׂ֣ק וָאֵ֔פֶר יֻצַּ֖ע לָֽרַבִּֽים | 1 | sackcloth and ashes were laid out by the multitudes | These were actions that demonstrated deep grief. “Many of them lay on the ground, dressed in sackcloth and sitting in ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 369 | EST | 4 | 4 | q7ll | נַעֲר֨וֹת אֶסְתֵּ֤ר | 1 | служанки Есфири и её евнухи | слуги и служанки Есфири | |
| 370 | EST | 4 | 4 | abo9 | translate-unknown | וְסָרִיסֶ֨יהָ֙ | 1 | одежду, чтобы Мардохей надел её | одежду для Мардохея |
| 371 | EST | 4 | 4 | abp0 | figs-explicit | וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לָ֔הּ | 1 | and they told her | That is, they told her that Mordecai was sitting outside the gate wearing sackcloth. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 372 | EST | 4 | 4 | abp1 | figs-activepassive | וַתִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַמַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד | 1 | even the queen was seized with extreme fear | **The queen** means Esther. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Esther herself became very afraid” or “this made the queen very distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 373 | EST | 4 | 4 | abp2 | figs-explicit | וַתִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַמַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד | 1 | even the queen was seized with extreme fear | The implication is that this happened when she heard what Mordecai was doing. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When she heard about this, Esther herself became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 374 | EST | 4 | 4 | y8bc | translate-symaction | וַתִּשְׁלַ֨ח בְּגָדִ֜ים לְהַלְבִּ֣ישׁ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֗י | 1 | she sent garments to clothe Mordecai and to take off his sackcloth from upon him | **She** means Esther. This was her way of encouraging Mordecai to be hopeful and act publicly as if whatever situation he was worried about were not completely desperate. Alternate translation: “she sent servants to take to Mordecai some good clothes to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 375 | EST | 4 | 4 | abp3 | translate-symaction | וְלֹ֥א קִבֵּֽל | 1 | he did not accept | Alternate translation: “he refused to put them on” This was Mordecai’s way of replying to Esther that the situation truly was desperate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 376 | EST | 4 | 5 | abp4 | וַתִּקְרָא֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר לַהֲתָ֜ךְ מִסָּרִיסֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | Гафах | Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). | |
| 377 | EST | 4 | 5 | lp8m | writing-background | מִסָּרִיסֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶעֱמִ֣יד לְפָנֶ֔יהָ | 1 | from the eunuchs of the king whom he had caused to stand before her face | Alternate translation: “who was one of the royal guardians whom the king had assigned to serve Esther personally” You can put this information first because it provides background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 378 | EST | 4 | 5 | icg7 | translate-unknown | מִסָּרִיסֵ֤י | 1 | from the eunuchs of | See how you translated this term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 379 | EST | 4 | 5 | j39r | figs-metonymy | לְפָנֶ֔יהָ | 1 | before her face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 380 | EST | 4 | 5 | abp6 | figs-parallelism | לָדַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְעַל־מַה־זֶּֽה | 1 | to know what this was and on account of what this was | These two phrases mean similar things. In both cases, “this” refers to what Mordecai was doing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Esther now knew there must be a very serious reason why Mordecai was wearing sackcloth in such a public place. Alternate translation: “to find out why he was so distressed that he was sitting at the palace gate wearing sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 381 | EST | 4 | 6 | abp7 | figs-explicit | וַיֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | Гафах | См., как это имя переведено в [Есфирь 4:5](../04/05.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 382 | EST | 4 | 6 | mgl5 | רְח֣וֹב הָעִ֔יר | 1 | на городскую площадь | на рыночную площадь | |
| 383 | EST | 4 | 6 | j41r | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י | 1 | before the face of | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 384 | EST | 4 | 6 | abp8 | figs-metonymy | שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the gate of the king | Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 385 | EST | 4 | 7 | zq3s | figs-synecdoche | אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑הוּ | 1 | Аман | См., как это имя переведено в [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 386 | EST | 4 | 7 | abp9 | פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַכֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְאַבְּדָֽם | 1 | the exact amount of silver that Haman had said to weigh out in the treasuries of the king, against, to destroy them | This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md). | |
| 387 | EST | 4 | 8 | j43r | פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠דָּת | 1 | Он вручил | Мардохей дал Гафаху | |
| 388 | EST | 4 | 8 | zt49 | figs-activepassive | הַ֠דָּת אֲשֶׁר־נִתַּ֨ן בְּשׁוּשָׁ֤ן | 1 | молила его о помиловании | молила царя о помиловании |
| 389 | EST | 4 | 8 | abq0 | לְהַשְׁמִידָם֙ | 1 | to annihilate them | Alternative translation: “that said that all the Jews must be killed” | |
| 390 | EST | 4 | 8 | abq1 | figs-parallelism | לְהַרְא֥וֹת אֶת־אֶסְתֵּ֖ר וּלְהַגִּ֣יד לָ֑הּ | 1 | in order to show Esther, and to inform her | These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize how important Mordecai knew it was for Esther to understand just what Haman was planning. “so that Esther could see exactly what it said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 391 | EST | 4 | 8 | abq2 | וּלְצַוּ֣וֹת עָלֶ֗יהָ | 1 | and to lay a charge upon her | Alternate translation: “and to urge her” | |
| 392 | EST | 4 | 8 | gds6 | figs-doublet | לְהִֽתְחַנֶּן־ל֛וֹ וּלְבַקֵּ֥שׁ | 1 | to implore his favor and to seek | These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize the force of the action that Mordecai felt was needed. Alternate translation: “to plead with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 393 | EST | 4 | 8 | j47r | figs-metonymy | מִלְּפָנָ֖יו | 1 | to go to the king…from before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 394 | EST | 4 | 8 | abq3 | עַל־עַמָּֽהּ | 1 | concerning her people | Alternate translation: “to act mercifully toward her people” | |
| 395 | EST | 4 | 9 | 27e4 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |||
| 396 | EST | 4 | 10 | abq5 | וַתֹּ֤אמֶר אֶסְתֵּר֙ לַהֲתָ֔ךְ וַתְּצַוֵּ֖הוּ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָֽי | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 397 | EST | 4 | 11 | d9mh | figs-merism | כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְאִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר | 1 | for any man or woman | Here, Esther once again refers to a group figuratively by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 398 | EST | 4 | 11 | abq8 | translate-symaction | יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ֩ אֶל־הֶחָצֵ֨ר הַפְּנִימִ֜ית | 1 | who goes to the king, to the inner court | As [5:1](../05/01.md) makes clear, this refers to a courtyard right outside the room where King Ahasuerus sat on his throne. He could see out of the entrance to the room into the courtyard and tell if anyone came and stood there. Anyone who did that was asking to speak to the king. Alternate translation: “who goes into the inner courtyard of the palace, where the king can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 399 | EST | 4 | 11 | abq9 | figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א | 1 | who has not been called | If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 400 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr0 | אַחַ֤ת דָּתוֹ֙ | 1 | his law is one | Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom” If that would be clearer in your language, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself. | |
| 401 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr1 | לְהָמִ֔ית | 1 | to cause to die | Alternate translation: “that person must be executed” or “the guards will kill that person” | |
| 402 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr2 | translate-symaction | לְ֠בַד מֵאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥וֹ הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַזָּהָ֖ב | 1 | apart from when the king holds out to him the scepter of gold, then he will live | If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 403 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr3 | translate-unknown | שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַזָּהָ֖ב | 1 | the scepter of gold | A scepter was an ornamental staff or wand that rulers carried or held as a symbol of their authority. According to this, the scepter of King Ahasuerus was made of gold. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 404 | EST | 4 | 11 | ilp4 | figs-explicit | וְחָיָ֑ה | 1 | This means that the guards will not kill this person and he can proceed to speak to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the guards will not kill him and he can speak to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 405 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr4 | figs-explicit | וַאֲנִ֗י לֹ֤א נִקְרֵ֨אתי֙ לָב֣וֹא אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם | 1 | But as for me, I have not been called to come to the king these thirty days | Esther is saying by implication that she cannot speak to the king as Mordecai has requested because the king has not been calling for her, which would have given her an opportunity to speak to him. If she goes without being summoned, she could be put to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 406 | EST | 4 | 11 | j49r | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וַאֲנִ֗י | 1 | But as for me | This expression indicates a contrast between Esther’s present situation and the situation she has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 407 | EST | 4 | 11 | abr5 | זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם | 1 | these 30 days | The phrase means that Esther has not been called in the king’s presence for a period of at least 30 days. You could use an equivalent expression in your language that would indicate this is a long enough time that Esther has reason to believe the king is not interested in seeing her. Alternate translation: “in over a month” | |
| 408 | EST | 4 | 11 | gv1v | translate-numbers | זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם | 1 | these 30 days | Alternate translation: “thirty days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 409 | EST | 4 | 12 | abr6 | וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֔י | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 410 | EST | 4 | 13 | abr7 | וַיֹּ֥אמֶר מָרְדֳּכַ֖י לְהָשִׁ֣יב אֶל־אֶסְתֵּ֑ר | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 411 | EST | 4 | 14 | abs0 | וְאַ֥תְּ וּבֵית־אָבִ֖יךְ תֹּאבֵ֑דוּ | 1 | but you and the house of your father will perish | Alternate translation: “you and your relatives will be killed” The implication is that the Jews will be rescued starting in that other place, but the ones living in Susa will still be in danger because no one who could have helped them there (such as Esther) would have done anything. | |
| 412 | EST | 4 | 14 | dtg7 | figs-rquestion | וּמִ֣י יוֹדֵ֔עַ אִם־לְעֵ֣ת כָּזֹ֔את הִגַּ֖עַתְּ לַמַּלְכֽוּת | 1 | And who knows if you have arrived at royalty for such a time as this? | This is really a statement, and it is about what is happening right then. Mordecai asks it in question form so that Esther will think deeply about her role in this situation. Alternate translation: “who knows, perhaps it was to intervene in this very situation that you became queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 413 | EST | 4 | 15 | 94ef | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |||
| 414 | EST | 4 | 16 | d6cq | figs-activepassive | כָּל־הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַֽנִּמְצְאִ֣ים בְּשׁוּשָׁ֗ן | 1 | в Сузах | См., как переведено название этого города в [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 415 | EST | 4 | 16 | j51r | גַּם־אֲנִ֥י וְנַעֲרֹתַ֖י אָצ֣וּם כֵּ֑ן | 1 | Also, I myself and my young female attendants will fast likewise | Alternate translation: “my maids and I will also fast” | |
| 416 | EST | 4 | 16 | abs2 | וּבְכֵ֞ן | 1 | Then, in such circumstances | Alternate translation: “after we have all done that, and while still fasting” | |
| 417 | EST | 4 | 16 | abs3 | אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַדָּ֔ת | 1 | which is not according to the law | Alternate translation: “even though there is a law against going without being summoned” | |
| 418 | EST | 4 | 16 | abs4 | וְכַאֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי | 1 | and if I perish, I perish | Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me” | |
| 419 | EST | 4 | 17 | abs5 | figs-explicit | וַֽיַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 420 | EST | 4 | 17 | abs6 | כְּכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖יו אֶסְתֵּֽר | 1 | according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him | Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do” | |
| 421 | EST | 5 | intro | k5ff | 0 | # Есфирь 05 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>С этой главы начинаеся история о падении Амана (см. 5-7 главы).<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Почтительное поведение Есфири #####<br><br>Есфирь проявила к царю глубокое почтение. Её отношение вызвало в царе ответное почтение (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 05:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) | [>>](../06/intro.md)__ | |||
| 422 | EST | 5 | 1 | abs7 | figs-abstractnouns | וַתִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת | 1 | Esther put on royalty | You can use an adjective and a concrete noun to translate the abstract noun “royalty,” as in the UST, or you could use a phrase to explain what they were. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 423 | EST | 5 | 1 | abs8 | figs-explicit | וַתִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת | 1 | Esther put on royalty | It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 424 | EST | 5 | 1 | abs9 | בַּחֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַפְּנִימִ֔ית | 1 | the inner court of the palace of the king | See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “the inner courtyard of the palace” | |
| 425 | EST | 5 | 1 | uk7p | נֹ֖כַח בֵּ֣ית הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | opposite to the house of the king | Alternate translation: “across from the room where the king was” | |
| 426 | EST | 5 | 1 | abt0 | figs-abstractnouns | וְ֠הַמֶּלֶךְ יוֹשֵׁ֞ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֤א מַלְכוּתוֹ֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמַּלְכ֔וּת | 1 | sitting on the throne of his royalty in the palace of royalty | **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to those things that belonged only to the king. You can translate this idea with a verb, “the throne he ruled from” and “the palace where he reigned,” or with an adjective, “his royal throne” and “his royal palace.” Alternate translation: “in the throne room of the palace, sitting on the king’s throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 427 | EST | 5 | 1 | j55r | נֹ֖כַח פֶּ֥תַח הַבָּֽיִת | 1 | opposite to the entrance of the palace | Alternate translation: “facing the entrance of the room” | |
| 428 | EST | 5 | 2 | abt2 | כִרְא֨וֹת | 1 | Царь протянул к Есфири золотой скипетр, который был в его руке | Этот жест символизировал царскую милость. | |
| 429 | EST | 5 | 2 | j57r | figs-idiom | נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָ֑יו | 1 | коснулась конца скипетра | Возможно, это был акт почтения, который Есфирь выразила по отношению к царской власти, или же знак благодарности. |
| 430 | EST | 5 | 2 | pw4x | figs-metaphor | נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינָ֑יו | 1 | she lifted favor in his eyes | Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 431 | EST | 5 | 2 | uu8s | translate-symaction | וַיּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לְאֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַזָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּיָד֔וֹ | 1 | And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand | King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said that Esther should be executed for coming into the king’s inner court without being summoned. See how you translated this in 4:11. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 432 | EST | 5 | 2 | abt3 | figs-explicit | וַיּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לְאֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַזָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּיָד֔וֹ | 1 | And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand | King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her to signal that he would be glad to talk to her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 433 | EST | 5 | 2 | abt4 | וַתִּקְרַ֣ב | 1 | so…approached | Alternate translation; “so … came close” or “so … came up to the throne” | |
| 434 | EST | 5 | 2 | z4mn | translate-symaction | וַתִּגַּ֖ע בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט | 1 | and touched the head of the scepter | This action was probably customary for a king’s subjects in a Persian court, when the king extended the royal scepter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 435 | EST | 5 | 2 | abt5 | figs-explicit | וַתִּגַּ֖ע בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט | 1 | and touched the head of the scepter | This action demonstrated that Esther respected the authority of King Ahasuerus and was thankful for his kindness to her. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include that information here, such as: “… to show that she respected his authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 436 | EST | 5 | 2 | j59r | figs-metonymy | בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט | 1 | the head of the scepter | Here, **head** is a metonym meaning the top (or uppermost part) of an object or location. This phrase means that Esther touched the top of the king’s scepter on the end that was extended toward her. Alternate translation: “the top of the scepter” or “the tip of the scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 437 | EST | 5 | 3 | abt7 | figs-parallelism | מַה־לָּ֖ךְ אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַמַּלְכָּ֑ה וּמַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛ךְ | 1 | What is to you, Esther the queen? And what is your request? | These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Ahasuerus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that he is very interested in hearing why Esther has come to see him. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if it would be more natural in your language to combine them into one. Alternate translation: “What do you want, Queen Esther?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 438 | EST | 5 | 3 | j61r | figs-hyperbole | עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַמַּלְכ֖וּת וְיִנָּ֥תֵֽן לָֽךְ | 1 | As much as half of the kingdom, and let it be given to you | This was probably a formal and customary expression in the Persian royal court, meant to show honor to the person making a request of the king and to indicate the king’s willingness to be very generous when answering the request. King Ahasuerus was almost certainly not offering to give Esther half of his kingdom. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could express the meaning: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is.” Alternate translation: “I will give you what you want, even if you ask me to give you half of my kingdom!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 439 | EST | 5 | 3 | c6h7 | figs-activepassive | וְיִנָּ֥תֵֽן לָֽךְ | 1 | and let it be given to you | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for” or “I will give you what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 440 | EST | 5 | 4 | m3uy | figs-123person | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב | 1 | с Аманом | См., как это имя переведено в [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 441 | EST | 5 | 4 | j63r | figs-123person | יָב֨וֹא הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְהָמָן֙ | 1 | let the king come with Haman | Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “O king, please come with Haman” or “you and Haman come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 442 | EST | 5 | 4 | abt9 | figs-123person | הַמִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽוֹ | 1 | the banquet that I have made for him | Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “the banquet that I have prepared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 443 | EST | 5 | 4 | abu0 | figs-yousingular | הַמִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽוֹ | 1 | the banquet that I have made for him | If you decide to translate this as “the banquet that I have prepared for you,” then the word “you” should be singular, since here it refers just to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 444 | EST | 5 | 5 | abu1 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 445 | EST | 5 | 5 | abu2 | מַהֲרוּ֙ אֶת־הָמָ֔ן לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֑ר | 1 | Bring Haman quickly, in order to do the word of Esther | The **word of Esther** means her invitation to the banquet. Alternate translation: “go and get Haman and bring him quickly to the banquet that Esther has prepared” | |
| 446 | EST | 5 | 5 | abu3 | עָשְׂתָ֥ה | 1 | had made | Alternate translation: “had prepared for them” | |
| 447 | EST | 5 | 6 | j65r | עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַמַּלְכ֖וּת | 1 | As much as half of the kingdom | See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” | |
| 448 | EST | 5 | 7 | r4aw | figs-doublet | שְׁאֵלָתִ֖י וּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי | 1 | My petition and my request | The words **petition** and **request** mean the same thing. Esther probably used these words together as a way of speaking very formally and respectfully to the king. Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 449 | EST | 5 | 7 | abu6 | figs-abstractnouns | שְׁאֵלָתִ֖י וּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי | 1 | My petition and my request | The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 450 | EST | 5 | 8 | j69r | figs-doublet | לָתֵת֙ אֶת־שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔י וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־בַּקָּשָׁתִ֑י | 1 | to grant my petition and to perform my request | The phrases **to grant my petition** and **to perform my request** mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “to do what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 451 | EST | 5 | 8 | x8hf | figs-123person | יָב֧וֹא הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ וְהָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַמִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם | 1 | let the king come with Haman to the banquet that I will make for them | Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “please come with Haman to another banquet that I will prepare for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 452 | EST | 5 | 8 | j71r | figs-youdual | יָב֧וֹא הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ וְהָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַמִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם | 1 | let the king come with Haman to the banquet that I will make for them | If you decide to translate this as “the banquet that I have prepared for you,” then the word “you” should be dual if your language uses that form, since it refers to the king and Haman, otherwise it should be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) |
| 453 | EST | 5 | 8 | abu9 | וּמָחָ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה כִּדְבַ֥ר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | and tomorrow I will do according to the word of the king | The **word of the king** means his request for Esther to tell him what she wants. Alternate translation: “I will answer your question then” | |
| 454 | EST | 5 | 8 | gf9b | figs-123person | כִּדְבַ֥ר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | according to the word of the king | Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “according to your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 455 | EST | 5 | 9 | abv1 | וַיֵּצֵ֤א | 1 | тот не встал | Люди более низкого положения должны были вставать перед теми, кто занимал более высокое положение. Мардохей не встал перед Аманом и не выразил ему почтения (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]). | |
| 456 | EST | 5 | 9 | j75r | figs-metaphor | וְט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב | 1 | and good of heart | Here, **heart** figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 457 | EST | 5 | 9 | dkg6 | figs-explicit | וְלֹא־קָם֙ | 1 | that he neither rose up | Under other circumstances, officials were expected to bow low to the ground to show respect for Haman. See [3:2](../03/02.md). But since Mordecai was already sitting on the ground as a sign of mourning, he would have been expected to stand up to show respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not stand up to show respect for Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 458 | EST | 5 | 9 | j77r | translate-symaction | וְלֹא־זָ֣ע מִמֶּ֔נּוּ | 1 | nor trembled from him | The phrase means that Mordecai was not afraid of Haman or of what Haman might do to him for refusing to show the respect that the king had commanded. Alternate translation: “or tremble fearfully in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 459 | EST | 5 | 9 | s47u | figs-metaphor | וַיִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה | 1 | then Haman was filled with rage on account of Mordecai | Here, **Haman’s rage** is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 460 | EST | 5 | 10 | 50a9 | Зерешь | Это женское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). | |||
| 461 | EST | 5 | 11 | abv5 | figs-gendernotations | בָּנָ֑יו | 1 | his sons | This word can sometimes be used in Hebrew to mean both male and female children. However, here it clearly refers to male children, so you should translate it that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 462 | EST | 5 | 11 | m7fq | גִּדְּל֤וֹ | 1 | made him great | Alternate translation: “how the king had continually given him more authority” or “how the king had honored him many times by giving him more important work” | |
| 463 | EST | 5 | 11 | b7c5 | figs-metaphor | נִשְּׂא֔וֹ עַל | 1 | he had lifted him over | Here, **lifting** is a metaphor meaning to “advance” or “promote” a person to a higher, more important position than they had previously. Alternate translation: “given him a position more important than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 464 | EST | 5 | 11 | abv6 | figs-explicit | הַשָּׂרִ֖ים וְעַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the officials and administrators of the king | This means all of the others, as [3:1](../03/01.md) makes clear. Alternate translation: “all of his other officials and administrators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 465 | EST | 5 | 11 | xwvh | figs-doublet | הַשָּׂרִ֖ים וְעַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | The words **officials** and **administrators** mean similar things. If your language uses one word for these, you can combine them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 466 | EST | 5 | 12 | w1bm | figs-doublenegatives | לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַמַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ…כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑י | 1 | Esther the queen did not bring anyone with the king…except me | This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 467 | EST | 5 | 12 | abv8 | עָשָׂ֖תָה | 1 | she had made | Alternate translation: “she had prepared” | |
| 468 | EST | 5 | 12 | abv9 | figs-activepassive | וְגַם־לְמָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖הּ עִם־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | And also for tomorrow, I am called by her with the king | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 469 | EST | 5 | 13 | wu84 | וְכָל־זֶ֕ה | 1 | But all of this | Haman is continuing to speak here. You can show this by beginning with “Then Haman said.” | |
| 470 | EST | 5 | 13 | abw1 | figs-distinguish | הַיְּהוּדִ֔י | 1 | the Jew | This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 471 | EST | 5 | 13 | abw2 | figs-explicit | יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | sitting at the gate of the king | Haman could be referring to the way Mordecai has been refusing to stand up to honor him, or he could be referring generally to the way Mordecai has never honored him (by either bowing or standing up) ever since he was appointed to a position in the king’s service and stationed at the gate. Either way, being reminded of this dishonor is the reason why Haman continues to be unhappy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting at the citadel gate and refusing to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 472 | EST | 5 | 13 | abw3 | בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the gate of the king | Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” | |
| 473 | EST | 5 | 14 | abw5 | figs-explicit | יַֽעֲשׂוּ | 1 | Аману понравились эти слова | Аману понравилась эта мысль |
| 474 | EST | 5 | 14 | i2f3 | figs-metonymy | עֵץ֮ | 1 | он приготовил дерево | его слуги приготовили виселицу |
| 475 | EST | 5 | 14 | k8zd | translate-bdistance | גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּה֒ | 1 | 50 cubits high | You can convert this to a modern measure if that is the style of translation that you are using. Alternate translation: “seventy-five feet high” or “twenty-five meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 476 | EST | 5 | 14 | hiui | figs-explicit | אֱמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ וְיִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔יו | 1 | If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 477 | EST | 5 | 14 | abw7 | figs-explicit | וְיִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔יו | 1 | say to the king, and let them hang Mordecai on it | If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 478 | EST | 5 | 14 | abw8 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּבֹֽא…אֶל הַמִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ | 1 | Then go…to the banquet joyful | **Then** indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 479 | EST | 5 | 14 | bbs9 | figs-metonymy | וַיִּיטַ֧ב הַדָּבָ֛ר לִפְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן | 1 | And the word was good before the face of Haman | The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 480 | EST | 5 | 14 | i8is | וַיַּ֥עַשׂ הָעֵֽץ | 1 | and he made the tree | Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows” | |
| 481 | EST | 5 | 14 | j83r | translate-unknown | הָעֵֽץ | 1 | the tree | You should translate this the same way you did earlier in the verse, “the pole” or “the gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 482 | EST | 6 | intro | i9x7 | 0 | # Есфирь 06 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>В этой главе продолжается история о падении Амана. <br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Втреча с царём #####<br><br>Люди не могли свободно входить к царю. Обычно доступ к нему был очень ограничен. В этой главе говорится об уровнях защиты, окружавшей царя. <br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 06:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) | [>>](../07/intro.md)__ | |||
| 483 | EST | 6 | 1 | j85r | writing-newevent | בַּלַּ֣יְלָה הַה֔וּא | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 484 | EST | 6 | 1 | abw9 | figs-personification | נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | the sleep of the king fled away | Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 485 | EST | 6 | 1 | abx1 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֗אמֶר לְהָבִ֞יא | 1 | And he said to bring | **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 486 | EST | 6 | 1 | abx2 | סֵ֤פֶר הַזִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים | 1 | the book of records of the events of days | This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king” | |
| 487 | EST | 6 | 1 | abx3 | figs-activepassive | וַיִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים | 1 | they were being called out | This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 488 | EST | 6 | 1 | j87r | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | before the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 489 | EST | 6 | 2 | u4gi | figs-activepassive | וַיִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב | 1 | Гаваф и Фарра | Это два мужских имени. См., как они переведены в [Есфирь 2:21](../02/21.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 490 | EST | 6 | 2 | abx5 | figs-events | הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל | 1 | Mordecai had told about | To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 491 | EST | 6 | 2 | syd9 | translate-names | בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָתֶ֗רֶשׁ | 1 | Bigthana and Teresh | These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 492 | EST | 6 | 2 | abx6 | translate-unknown | שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | two of the eunuchs of the king | See how you translated the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 493 | EST | 6 | 2 | abx7 | מִשֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַסַּ֑ף | 1 | who were from the guardians of the doorway | See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters” | |
| 494 | EST | 6 | 2 | abx8 | figs-metaphor | בִּקְשׁוּ֙ | 1 | they had sought | Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 495 | EST | 6 | 2 | j89r | figs-idiom | לִשְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד | 1 | to stretch out a hand | As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 496 | EST | 6 | 3 | n2az | figs-activepassive | לֹא־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה עִמּ֖וֹ דָּבָֽר | 1 | Not a thing has been done with him | You can say this with an active form. However, it would be good to say this in a way that does not create the impression that the young men are accusing the king. Alternate translation: “no one did anything for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 497 | EST | 6 | 3 | aby1 | עַל־זֶ֑ה | 1 | on account of this | Alternate translation: “for saving my life” | |
| 498 | EST | 6 | 4 | aby2 | figs-explicit | מִ֣י בֶחָצֵ֑ר | 1 | Аман | Это мужское имя (см. [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md)). |
| 499 | EST | 6 | 4 | aby3 | מִ֣י בֶחָצֵ֑ר | 1 | во внешний двор | во двор перед дворцом | |
| 500 | EST | 6 | 4 | vu7p | לֵאמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לִתְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י | 1 | приготовил | соорудил | |
| 501 | EST | 6 | 4 | at53 | הָעֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽוֹ | 1 | the tree that he had prepared for him | Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai” | |
| 502 | EST | 6 | 4 | aby4 | translate-unknown | הָעֵ֖ץ | 1 | the tree | See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and [5:14](../05/14.md). Review<br>the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 503 | EST | 6 | 5 | aby5 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 504 | EST | 6 | 5 | j93r | figs-explicit | הִנֵּ֥ה | 1 | Behold | This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. You could also have the young men address the king directly to get his attention. Alternate translation: “O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 505 | EST | 6 | 5 | j95r | יָבֽוֹא | 1 | Let him come | Alternate translation: “he may come in” | |
| 506 | EST | 6 | 6 | yft1 | figs-rquestion | לְמִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽנִּי | 1 | For whom would the king delight to do honor more than me | Haman is actually making a statement to himself rather than asking a question and trying to figure out the answer. He uses a question form to emphasize how true he believes the statement to be. If it would be clearer in your language, instead of a question, you could use a statement such as, “Surely there is no one whom the king would take pleasure in honoring more than me!” Alternate translation: “whom would the king like to honor more than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 507 | EST | 6 | 7 | j1d1 | figs-idiom | אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּיקָרֽוֹ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 508 | EST | 6 | 7 | aby6 | figs-123person | אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּיקָרֽוֹ | 1 | For a man in whose honor the king is delighted | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 509 | EST | 6 | 8 | aby8 | figs-123person | אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖וֹ הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | with which the king has clothed himself | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “that you have already worn yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 510 | EST | 6 | 8 | aby9 | figs-123person | וְס֗וּס אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָכַ֤ב עָלָיו֙ | 1 | and a horse on which the king has ridden | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “a horse that you have already ridden yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 511 | EST | 6 | 8 | r63j | figs-activepassive | וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּרֹאשֽׁוֹ | 1 | and which has been given a crown of royalty for its head | This whole phrase refers to the horse. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 512 | EST | 6 | 8 | abz0 | figs-explicit | וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּרֹאשֽׁוֹ | 1 | and which has been given a crown of royalty for its head | The implication is that this would be done to show that this was one of the king’s own horses. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head to show that it belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 513 | EST | 6 | 8 | abz1 | figs-abstractnouns | כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת | 1 | a crown of royalty | **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 514 | EST | 6 | 9 | j1d3 | figs-123person | אִ֞ישׁ מִשָּׂרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַֽפַּרְתְּמִ֔ים | 1 | Пусть оденут того человека.., выведут его на коне на городскую площадь | Повели им облачить того человека.. и вывести его на коне на городскую площадь |
| 515 | EST | 6 | 9 | pfz6 | figs-explicit | וְהִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙ | 1 | провозгласят всем | скажи слугам и важным чиновникам провозгласить |
| 516 | EST | 6 | 9 | j1d5 | figs-idiom | הָאִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽיקָר֑וֹ | 1 | the man in whose honor the king is delighted | **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 517 | EST | 6 | 9 | abz2 | figs-123person | הָאִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽיקָר֑וֹ | 1 | the man in whose honor the king is delighted | Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 518 | EST | 6 | 9 | abz4 | בִּרְח֣וֹב הָעִ֔יר | 1 | in the open place of the city | This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city” | |
| 519 | EST | 6 | 9 | qs3k | וְקָרְא֣וּ | 1 | and proclaim | Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out” | |
| 520 | EST | 6 | 9 | j1d7 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָ֔יו | 1 | before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 521 | EST | 6 | 9 | j1d9 | figs-idiom | כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָאִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּיקָרֽוֹ | 1 | Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted | **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 522 | EST | 6 | 9 | pwgm | figs-activepassive | כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 523 | EST | 6 | 10 | abz5 | כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבַּ֔רְתָּ וַֽעֲשֵׂה־כֵן֙ | 1 | according to how you have spoken, and do thus | Alternate translation: “do everything that you have said” or “do just what you have suggested” | |
| 524 | EST | 6 | 10 | abz6 | figs-idiom | הַיּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּשַׁ֣עַר הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | the man who sits at the gate of the king | As in [2:19](../02/19.md), this is likely an idiom which means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the king’s gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 525 | EST | 6 | 10 | abz7 | figs-123person | הַיּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּשַׁ֣עַר הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | the man who sits at the gate of the king | Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the gate to the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 526 | EST | 6 | 10 | gln7 | figs-metaphor | אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר | 1 | Do not allow a word to fail | Here the action of letting **fall** is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 527 | EST | 6 | 10 | abz8 | figs-doublenegatives | אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר | 1 | Do not allow a word to fail | This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 528 | EST | 6 | 11 | abz9 | וַיַּרְכִּיבֵ֨הוּ֙ בִּרְח֣וֹב הָעִ֔יר | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 529 | EST | 6 | 11 | j2d5 | figs-metonymy | וַיִּקְרָ֣א לְפָנָ֔יו | 1 | called out before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 530 | EST | 6 | 11 | j2d7 | figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּיקָרֽוֹ | 1 | Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted | **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 531 | EST | 6 | 12 | uri5 | translate-symaction | אָבֵ֖ל וַחֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ | 1 | с покрытой головой | Люди обычно покрывали голову в знак глубокого горя или стыда (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]). |
| 532 | EST | 6 | 13 | j3d1 | figs-explicit | וַיְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן | 1 | Зерешь | Это женское имя (см. [Есфирь 6:13](../06/13.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 533 | EST | 6 | 13 | aca3 | חֲכָמָ֜יו | 1 | his wise men | See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors” | |
| 534 | EST | 6 | 13 | fd5k | figs-metaphor | אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִנְפֹּ֤ל לְפָנָיו֙ | 1 | If Mordecai, before whose face you have begun to fall | This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he …” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 535 | EST | 6 | 13 | j3d3 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָיו֙ | 1 | before…face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase either means (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 536 | EST | 6 | 13 | p5t2 | figs-metaphor | מִזֶּ֣רַע הַיְּהוּדִ֡ים | 1 | from the seed of the Jews | Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 537 | EST | 6 | 13 | nan5 | figs-metaphor | לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔וֹ | 1 | you will not prevail against him | Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking figuratively as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 538 | EST | 6 | 13 | j3d5 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | כִּֽי | 1 | but | This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 539 | EST | 6 | 13 | j3d7 | figs-metaphor | נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל | 1 | you will surely fall | Here the action of **falling** (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 540 | EST | 6 | 13 | j3d9 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָֽיו | 1 | before his face | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 541 | EST | 6 | 14 | j4d1 | grammar-connect-time-background | עוֹדָם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔וֹ | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 542 | EST | 6 | 14 | aca4 | translate-unknown | וְסָרִיסֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | when the eunuchs of the king | See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 543 | EST | 6 | 14 | aca5 | וַיַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְהָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן | 1 | And they hurried to bring Haman | Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly” | |
| 544 | EST | 6 | 14 | aca6 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר | 1 | that Esther had made | Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 545 | EST | 7 | 1 | n8vb | figs-synecdoche | וַיָּבֹ֤א הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְהָמָ֔ן לִשְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַמַּלְכָּֽה | 1 | Аман | См. [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 546 | EST | 7 | 2 | p1xt | figs-explicit | מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛ךְ | 1 | What is your petition | Ahasuerus has now allowed Esther to show her hospitality at two banquets. But he knows that she has done this as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship, and that this signals that she has an important and urgent request to make. You can indicate this by having the king ask, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 547 | EST | 7 | 2 | sem7 | figs-activepassive | וְתִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְתֵעָֽשׂ | 1 | And let it be given to you…and let it be done | You can capture these parallel passive statements with one statement using an active form. Alternate translation: “I will give you what you ask for” or “I will do for you what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 548 | EST | 7 | 2 | j4d3 | figs-abstractnouns | שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛ךְ | 1 | your petition…your request | The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “what you really want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 549 | EST | 7 | 2 | j4d5 | figs-hyperbole | עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַמַּלְכ֖וּת | 1 | As much as half of the kingdom | See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 550 | EST | 7 | 3 | aca7 | figs-metonymy | אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּעֵינֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | If I have found favor in your eyes | Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 551 | EST | 7 | 3 | j4d7 | הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | O king | In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way. | |
| 552 | EST | 7 | 3 | aca8 | figs-idiom | וְאִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב | 1 | and if it is good to the king | This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 553 | EST | 7 | 3 | aca9 | figs-parallelism | תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤י נַפְשִׁי֙ בִּשְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔י וְעַמִּ֖י בְּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי | 1 | let my life be given to me at my petition, and my people at my request | The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 554 | EST | 7 | 3 | j4d9 | figs-activepassive | תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤י נַפְשִׁי֙ | 1 | let my life be given to me | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please spare my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 555 | EST | 7 | 3 | bvi1 | figs-abstractnouns | בִּשְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔י | 1 | at my petition | The abstract noun **petition** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “that is what I am asking for” or “that is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 556 | EST | 7 | 3 | qghp | figs-ellipsis | וְעַמִּ֖י | 1 | If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 557 | EST | 7 | 3 | j5d1 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי | 1 | at my request | The abstract noun **request** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “rhat is what I am asking for” or “rhat is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 558 | EST | 7 | 4 | e9cx | figs-doublet | לְהַשְׁמִ֖יד לַהֲר֣וֹג וּלְאַבֵּ֑ד | 1 | for annihilation, for slaughter, and for destruction | As in [3:13](../03/13.md), these words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction. If using three words would be difficult or confusing in your language, you can use one word for this and indicate that the destruction is extreme. Alternate translation: “and they are going to kill every one of us” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 559 | EST | 7 | 4 | yg01 | figs-abstractnouns | לְהַשְׁמִ֖יד לַהֲר֣וֹג וּלְאַבֵּ֑ד | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns such as these, you can replace them with one or more verbs. Alternate translation: “and they are going to kill every one of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 560 | EST | 7 | 4 | acb2 | וְ֠אִלּוּ לַעֲבָדִ֨ים וְלִשְׁפָח֤וֹת נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ | 1 | if we had been sold as slaves and female servants | Alternate translation: “if the men and even the women had been sold into slavery” | |
| 561 | EST | 7 | 4 | j5d3 | figs-hyperbole | אֵ֥ין הַצָּ֛ר שֹׁוֶ֖ה בְּנֵ֥זֶק הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the distress would not have been equal to a burden of the king | Esther is speaking very deferentially and with some exaggeration in order to impress on the king how important this is to her. She is saying that it would have been worth less to her to see her people rescued from slavery than it would have been to see the king spared the trouble of intervening on their behalf. (Haman uses the expression of “not equal” in this same sense in [5:13](../05/13.md).) Alternate translation: “that would have been a matter too small to bother you with” or “that would be a small matter to a king like you, but this is very much worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 562 | EST | 7 | 4 | acb4 | figs-123person | הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the king | Esther addresses King Ahasuerus in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 563 | EST | 7 | 5 | acb6 | figs-parallelism | מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְאֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא | 1 | Who is he, this man? And where is this man | These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 564 | EST | 7 | 5 | acb7 | מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְאֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא | 1 | Who is he, this man? | Alternate translation: “who has done this” | |
| 565 | EST | 7 | 5 | dl4b | figs-metaphor | וְאֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥וֹ לִבּ֖וֹ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן | 1 | And where is this man, he whose heart is full to do thus? | Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 566 | EST | 7 | 6 | j5d5 | figs-doublet | צַ֣ר וְאוֹיֵ֔ב | 1 | задрожал от страха | пришёл в ужас |
| 567 | EST | 7 | 6 | ar4f | נִבְעַ֔ת | 1 | was terrified | Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid” | |
| 568 | EST | 7 | 6 | j5d9 | figs-metonymy | נִבְעַ֔ת מִלִּפְנֵ֥י | 1 | terrified from before the face of | Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 569 | EST | 7 | 7 | j6d1 | figs-explicit | אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַבִּיתָ֑ן | 1 | остался умолять царицу Есфирь о своей жизни | остался умолять царицу Есфирь о помиловании |
| 570 | EST | 7 | 7 | nin1 | figs-activepassive | כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו הָרָעָ֖ה מֵאֵ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | evil was determined against him by the king | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king had decided to cause a disaster against him” or “the king was decided to destroy him” or “the king had decided to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 571 | EST | 7 | 7 | j6d3 | figs-abstractnouns | כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו הָרָעָ֖ה מֵאֵ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | evil was determined against him by the king | Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 572 | EST | 7 | 8 | h4c7 | figs-explicit | וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ | 1 | к кушетке | Длинное ложе, на котором можно было сидеть или лежать. |
| 573 | EST | 7 | 8 | l4ce | figs-euphemism | לִכְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה | 1 | to subdue the queen | The story is using a mild expression to refer to something that is disturbing. In this context, “subdue” means “rape.” The king thought that Haman was trying to rape Esther, and he likely said just that. You can show this in your translation if you want to make this clear. Alternate translation: “trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
| 574 | EST | 7 | 8 | acc1 | figs-parallelism | עִמִּ֖י בַּבָּ֑יִת | 1 | with me, in the house | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. However, each one does indicate something slightly different about what a serious offense it would be if Haman actually were trying to rape Esther. It would be a violation of the king’s personal trust and a violation of the trust implicit in hospitality. So you can also include both phrases. Alternate translation: “in my presence and in my own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 575 | EST | 7 | 8 | adq6 | figs-idiom | הַדָּבָ֗ר יָצָא֙ מִפִּ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | The word was going out from the mouth of the king | This expression describes the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 576 | EST | 7 | 8 | acc2 | grammar-connect-time-background | הַדָּבָ֗ר…וּפְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ | 1 | The word was going out…when they covered the face of Haman | The king spoke, and then the servants covered Haman’s face. One action followed upon another. However, this happened so quickly that almost no time seemed to pass in between. You can indicate this with a phrase like “as soon as.” Alternate translation: “when the king said this, immediately they covered Haman’s face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) |
| 577 | EST | 7 | 8 | j6d9 | figs-explicit | וּפְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ | 1 | when they covered the face of Haman | The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 578 | EST | 7 | 8 | acc3 | translate-symaction | וּפְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ | 1 | when they covered the face of Haman | **Covering the face** in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 579 | EST | 7 | 9 | a7ic | translate-names | חַ֠רְבוֹנָה | 1 | Харбона | Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 580 | EST | 7 | 9 | acc4 | translate-unknown | הַסָּרִיסִ֜ים לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | the eunuchs before the face of the king | See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 581 | EST | 7 | 9 | j7d3 | הִנֵּה | 1 | behold | **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!” | |
| 582 | EST | 7 | 9 | acc5 | גַּ֣ם…הָעֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽמָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן | 1 | Also…the tree that Haman made for Mordecai…is standing at the house of Haman | Alternate translation:“Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it” | |
| 583 | EST | 7 | 9 | j7d5 | translate-unknown | הָעֵ֣ץ | 1 | the tree | See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [6:4](../06/04.md). Review the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 584 | EST | 7 | 9 | j7d7 | figs-idiom | לְֽמָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁ֧ר דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | for Mordecai, who spoke good for the king | This expression means that Mordecai said something that benefitted the king. Specifically, Mordecai reported an assassination plot and saved the king’s life. Alternate translation: “Mordecai, who saved the king’s life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 585 | EST | 7 | 9 | j7d9 | figs-123person | דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | spoke good for the king | Harbona addresses the king in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “saved your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 586 | EST | 7 | 9 | acc6 | עֹמֵד֙ | 1 | is standing | Alternate translation: “is set up” | |
| 587 | EST | 7 | 9 | sre1 | translate-bdistance | גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה | 1 | 50 cubits high | If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert this to a modern measure. See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “seventy-five feet high” or “twenty-five meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 588 | EST | 7 | 9 | acc7 | figs-explicit | תְּלֻ֥הוּ עָלָֽיו | 1 | Hang him on it | **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 589 | EST | 7 | 10 | umd4 | figs-metaphor | וַחֲמַ֥ת הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה | 1 | and the rage of the king subsided | Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 590 | EST | 8 | intro | z6j7 | 0 | # Есфирь 08 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Божья защита #####<br><br>Господь начинает действовать и предотвращает гибель евреев. Он использует Есфирь и Мардохея, чтобы защитить Свой народ. <br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 08:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) | [>>](../09/intro.md)__ | |||
| 591 | EST | 8 | 1 | j8d5 | writing-newevent | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא | 1 | Аман | См. [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md). |
| 592 | EST | 8 | 1 | j8d7 | figs-synecdoche | נָתַ֞ן הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְאֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַמַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן | 1 | the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman | Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 593 | EST | 8 | 1 | nm3u | figs-distinguish | צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים | 1 | the adversary of the Jews | This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 594 | EST | 8 | 1 | acc9 | figs-explicit | וּמָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Mordecai came before the face of the king | The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 595 | EST | 8 | 1 | j8d9 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | before the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 596 | EST | 8 | 1 | acd0 | figs-events | הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ | 1 | Esther told what he was to her | Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 597 | EST | 8 | 1 | j9d1 | figs-explicit | הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ | 1 | Esther told what he was to her | Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. You can say this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 598 | EST | 8 | 2 | m5hz | translate-symaction | וַיָּ֨סַר הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ…וַֽיִּתְּנָ֖הּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | перстень | На царском перстне были выгравированы имя царя или его символы. <br>На важных докуменах ставилась печать: составитель наливал воск на край страницы и вдавливал в него печать. Если на документе имелась царская печать, то читающий знал, что он должен был подчиниться указу. См. [Есфирь 3:10](../03/10.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]). |
| 599 | EST | 8 | 2 | acd1 | translate-unknown | טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ | 1 | отдал его Мардохею | Передача перстня означала передачу власти: теперь Мардохей имел право скреплять важные документы царской печатью, и люди должны были повиноваться всему, что писалось в указах. |
| 600 | EST | 8 | 2 | j9d3 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽהָמָ֔ן | 1 | в доме Амана | Речь идёт об имуществе Амана, которое царь передал Есфири. |
| 601 | EST | 8 | 2 | acd2 | figs-events | אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽהָמָ֔ן | 1 | that he had caused to pass from Haman | If it is clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 602 | EST | 8 | 2 | z5yn | figs-explicit | וַֽיִּתְּנָ֖הּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י | 1 | and he gave it to Mordecai | By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 603 | EST | 8 | 2 | acd3 | figs-metaphor | וַתָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן | 1 | Esther placed Mordecai over the house of Haman | To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 604 | EST | 8 | 2 | d2tj | figs-metonymy | בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן | 1 | the house of Haman | See the explanation of this phrase in verse 1. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman had owned” or “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 605 | EST | 8 | 3 | j9d5 | writing-newevent | וַתּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַתְּדַבֵּר֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | умоляла | горячо просила |
| 606 | EST | 8 | 3 | j9d9 | figs-idiom | וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו | 1 | вугеянина | См., как вы перевели это слово в [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md). |
| 607 | EST | 8 | 3 | acd4 | translate-symaction | וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו | 1 | который он замышлял | который он составил против |
| 608 | EST | 8 | 3 | acd5 | figs-explicit | וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו | 1 | And she fell before the face of his feet | Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. You can show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 609 | EST | 8 | 3 | j1r1 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו | 1 | before the face of his feet | Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 610 | EST | 8 | 3 | jmn7 | figs-idiom | לְהַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽאֲגָגִ֔י | 1 | to take away the evil of Haman the Agagite and his plot that he had plotted against the Jews | Here, **the evil** refers to Haman’s plan.<br>This expression means to prevent a wrong action from happening.<br>Alternate translation: “to stop the evil plan of Haman the Agagite” or “to prevent the evil things from happening that Haman the Agagite had planned”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 611 | EST | 8 | 3 | bp22 | translate-names | הָֽאֲגָגִ֔י | 1 | the Agagite | This is the name of Haman’s people group. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 612 | EST | 8 | 3 | c2hw | מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב | 1 | his plot that he had plotted | Alternate translation: “and the plot that he had invented” or “and the plot that Haman invented” | |
| 613 | EST | 8 | 4 | xh24 | translate-symaction | וַיּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְאֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַזָּהָ֑ב | 1 | царь протянул золотой скипетр к Есфири | Он сделал это в знак своего расположения к ней. См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [Есфирь 5:2](../05/02.md) |
| 614 | EST | 8 | 4 | acd7 | translate-unknown | שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַזָּהָ֑ב | 1 | the scepter of gold | See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 615 | EST | 8 | 4 | acd8 | וַתָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר | 1 | so Esther rose up | Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor” | |
| 616 | EST | 8 | 4 | j1r5 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | before the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 617 | EST | 8 | 5 | w7yl | figs-parallelism | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְכָשֵׁ֤ר הַדָּבָר֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Если царь пожелает | Если моё желание угодно царю |
| 618 | EST | 8 | 5 | ftc7 | figs-idiom | וְאִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן | 1 | чтобы вернули письма | чтобы письма стали недествительными |
| 619 | EST | 8 | 5 | j1r7 | figs-metonymy | לְפָנָ֗יו…לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Амадаф | Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 620 | EST | 8 | 5 | xci7 | figs-metaphor | בְּעֵינָ֑יו | 1 | во всех царских областях | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством) (см. [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md)). |
| 621 | EST | 8 | 5 | j1r9 | figs-idiom | יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְהָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַסְּפָרִ֗ים | 1 | let it be written to take back the letters | The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, **bring back** is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 622 | EST | 8 | 5 | nbk3 | figs-activepassive | יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְהָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַסְּפָרִ֗ים | 1 | let it be written | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 623 | EST | 8 | 6 | udt6 | figs-rquestion | אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽרָאִ֔יתִי בָּרָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑י וְאֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽרָאִ֔יתִי בְּאָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽי | 1 | how could I bear to see the evil that my people would find? And how could I bear seeing the destruction of my kindred? | Esther is actually making a statement, but she expresses herself in question form to show how strongly she feels about what she is saying. She does not actually expect the king to tell her how she could bear seeing her people destroyed. Alternate translation: “I cannot bear to see disaster fall on the Jews” or “I cannot endure watching my relatives be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 624 | EST | 8 | 6 | ace1 | figs-parallelism | אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽרָאִ֔יתִי בָּרָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑י וְאֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽרָאִ֔יתִי בְּאָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽי | 1 | how could I bear to see the evil that my people would find? And how could I bear seeing the destruction of my kindred? | These two sentences mean basically the same thing. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I could not bear to see my relatives and my whole people destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 625 | EST | 8 | 6 | ace2 | figs-abstractnouns | בָּרָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑י | 1 | the evil | Even though it was morally very wrong for Haman to want to destroy Mordecai’s whole people, here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md). It means the same thing as “destruction” in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “my people being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 626 | EST | 8 | 6 | ace3 | figs-idiom | יִמְצָ֣א | 1 | would find | As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **find** is an idiom that means something exists in a certain place or time, not that people were looking for it and located it. Esther is speaking of the harm that will exist for the Jews if the effect of Haman’s letters is not undone. Alternate translation: “would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 627 | EST | 8 | 6 | ace4 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּאָבְדַ֖ן | 1 | the destruction of | This abstract noun can be expressed with a verb such as “destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 628 | EST | 8 | 6 | ace5 | מוֹלַדְתִּֽי | 1 | my kindred | Alternate translation: “my relatives” | |
| 629 | EST | 8 | 7 | ace6 | בֵית־הָמָ֜ן נָתַ֣תִּי לְאֶסְתֵּ֗ר | 1 | повесили | См., как это слово переведено в [Есфирь 6:4](../06/04.md). | |
| 630 | EST | 8 | 7 | h44h | figs-metonymy | בֵית־הָמָ֜ן | 1 | the house of Haman | Here, **house** is a metonym meaning the entire household of Haman. Alternate translation: “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 631 | EST | 8 | 7 | ace7 | figs-events | וְאֹתוֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָעֵ֔ץ | 1 | they have hanged him on the tree | Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 632 | EST | 8 | 7 | ace8 | translate-unknown | הָעֵ֔ץ | 1 | the tree | See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [6:4](../06/04.md), [7:9](../07/09.md), and [7:10](../07/10.md). Review the note to<br>[2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 633 | EST | 8 | 7 | j2r9 | figs-idiom | שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖וֹ | 1 | he stretched out his hand | Here the expression \*\*to stretch out a hand\*\* means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 634 | EST | 8 | 8 | j3mn | figs-metaphor | בְּשֵׁ֣ם הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | in the name of the king | Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 635 | EST | 8 | 8 | acf2 | figs-123person | בְּשֵׁ֣ם הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | in the name of the king | King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 636 | EST | 8 | 8 | j3r3 | translate-unknown | בְּטַבַּ֣עַת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | with the signet ring of the king | This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 637 | EST | 8 | 8 | acf3 | figs-123person | בְּטַבַּ֣עַת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | with the signet ring of the king | King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 638 | EST | 8 | 8 | j3r5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי | 1 | For | Here, King Ahasuerus is expressing the reason why he cannot simply revoke the first letter and also why Esther and Mordecai can write another letter that people must obey. Alternate translation: “you see” or “people will obey your letter because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 639 | EST | 8 | 8 | acf4 | אֵ֥ין לְהָשִֽׁיב | 1 | there is none to take back a writing | As in verse 5, this expression means “revoke.” Alternate translation: “no one can revoke” or “no one can nullify” | |
| 640 | EST | 8 | 8 | acf5 | כְתָ֞ב…אֵ֥ין לְהָשִֽׁיב | 1 | there is none to take back a writing | If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this first in the verse because it explains why Ahasuerus answers Esther and Mordecai in the way that he does. See the UST. | |
| 641 | EST | 8 | 8 | acf6 | figs-explicit | כְתָ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־נִכְתָּ֣ב בְּשֵׁם־הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ וְנַחְתּ֛וֹם בְּטַבַּ֥עַת הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | a writing that has been written in the name of the king and has been sealed with the signet ring of the king | The king is describing a general situation, but he has Haman’s letter specifically in mind. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman wrote his letter with my authority, and he sealed it with the ring that has my official seal on it. No one can revoke a letter like that” (The story explained in [1:19](../01/19.md) that the king’s laws could not be changed once they had been made and proclaimed.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 642 | EST | 8 | 9 | s4ue | figs-activepassive | וַיִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | На двадцать третий день третьего месяца, то есть в месяц Сиван | Сиван - это третий месяц еврейского года (приходится на май — июнь) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 643 | EST | 8 | 9 | acf9 | figs-explicit | בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֜י | 1 | областей | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См. [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 644 | EST | 8 | 9 | acg1 | הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן | 1 | which is the month of Sivan | The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court, but for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. This month overlaps with May and June on a Western calendar. | |
| 645 | EST | 8 | 9 | j4r3 | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֣ה וְעֶשְׂרִים֮ בּוֹ֒ | 1 | on the twenty-third of it | Alternation translation: “on day 23” or “on the twenty-third day of the month” The exact date of the letter helps to establish its legal authority. This would be on June 25th of a Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 646 | EST | 8 | 9 | sz6j | figs-activepassive | וַיִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽכָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מָרְדֳּכַ֣י | 1 | And according to all that Mordecai commanded it was written | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they wrote in a letter everything that Mordecai dictated to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 647 | EST | 8 | 9 | acg2 | figs-explicit | אֶל־הַיְּהוּדִ֡ים | 1 | to the Jews | It appears from verse 11 that the letter would have been addressed specifically to the Jews in the empire, telling them that the king had authorized them to defend themselves. But copies were also sent to all the royal and provincial officials. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter addressed the Jews in the empire, but copies were also sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 648 | EST | 8 | 9 | acg3 | וְאֶ֣ל הָאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִֽים־וְהַפַּחוֹת֩ וְשָׂרֵ֨י הַמְּדִינ֜וֹת | 1 | and to the satraps, and the governors and officials of the provinces | See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md), where they were used to describe who received Haman’s letter. These are all people in government positions. The first one is the governor of the province and the other two are rulers under him who govern cities or smaller areas. If your language uses one term for all of these, you could use that with a descriptive phrase such as “to the government leaders of each province and also to the leaders under him.” | |
| 649 | EST | 8 | 9 | acg4 | אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ מֵהֹ֣דּוּ וְעַד־כּ֗וּשׁ שֶׁ֣בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּמֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה | 1 | that were from India even as far as Ethiopia: 127 provinces | This is background information explaining how far this new letter had to be sent. See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “the empire of Ahasuerus had 127 provinces, stretching all the way from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west” | |
| 650 | EST | 8 | 9 | zp4q | translate-numbers | שֶׁ֣בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּמֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה | 1 | 127 provinces | Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 651 | EST | 8 | 9 | j4r5 | figs-idiom | מְדִינָ֤ה וּמְדִינָה֙ | 1 | province by province | This expression means “to people in every province.” Alternate translation: “the scribes wrote to the people in each province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 652 | EST | 8 | 9 | bj5s | כִּכְתָבָ֔הּ | 1 | according to its writing | Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script” | |
| 653 | EST | 8 | 9 | j4r7 | figs-idiom | וְעַ֥ם וָעָ֖ם | 1 | and people by people | This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 654 | EST | 8 | 9 | j4r9 | figs-metonymy | כִּלְשֹׁנ֑וֹ | 1 | according to its tongue | Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 655 | EST | 8 | 9 | j5r1 | וְאֶ֨ל־הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּכְתָבָ֖ם וְכִלְשׁוֹנָֽם | 1 | and to the Jews according to their writing and according to their tongue | The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language” | |
| 656 | EST | 8 | 10 | ijp2 | figs-metaphor | בְּשֵׁם֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ | 1 | скрепил царским перстнем | См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [Есфирь 8:2](../08/02.md). |
| 657 | EST | 8 | 10 | jf31 | figs-explicit | וַיַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּטַבַּ֣עַת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | отправил посланников | Речь идёт о тех, кто доставил царский указ. |
| 658 | EST | 8 | 10 | acg6 | רֹכְבֵ֤י הָרֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽאֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֖י הָֽרַמָּכִֽים | 1 | riders of the royal pack horses, sons of the mares | Alternate translation: “They rose fast horses that were used in the king’s service. These horses had been bred in the king’s stables.” | |
| 659 | EST | 8 | 10 | p9uc | figs-metonymy | בְּנֵ֖י הָֽרַמָּכִֽים | 1 | sons of the mares | Here, **sons** is a metonym meaning the offspring of royal livestock. Alternate translation: “the offspring of the king’s horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 660 | EST | 8 | 11 | j5r5 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־עִיר־וָעִ֗יר | 1 | царь позволяет иудеям... собраться | царь разрешает иудеям ... объединиться друг с другом |
| 661 | EST | 8 | 11 | j5r7 | figs-doublet | לְהַשְׁמִיד֩ וְלַהֲרֹ֨ג וּלְאַבֵּ֜ד | 1 | to annihilate, and to slaughter, and to destroy | These words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is being described. See how you translated this in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “completely destroy” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 662 | EST | 8 | 11 | acg7 | figs-metonymy | כָּל־חֵ֨יל עַ֧ם וּמְדִינָ֛ה הַצָּרִ֥ים אֹתָ֖ם | 1 | any strength of a people or province that would attack them | **Strength** is a figurative way of referring to an army or to a person carrying weaponry. Alternate translation: “the army of any people or province that attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 663 | EST | 8 | 11 | acg8 | טַ֣ף וְנָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | children and women | Alternate translation: “they could also kill the wives and children of the armed men” | |
| 664 | EST | 8 | 11 | acg9 | וּשְׁלָלָ֖ם לָבֽוֹז | 1 | and plunder their spoil | See how you translated this expression in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “and take everything that belonged to them” | |
| 665 | EST | 8 | 12 | ach0 | figs-explicit | בְּי֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | в один день, тринадцатый день двенадцатого месяца, то есть месяца Адара | См. [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md). |
| 666 | EST | 8 | 12 | ach1 | בְּכָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ | 1 | in all of the provinces of the king Ahasuerus | Alternate translation: “in every province of the kingdom” | |
| 667 | EST | 8 | 12 | j6r3 | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר | 1 | on the thirteenth | Alternate translation: “on day 13” or “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 668 | EST | 8 | 12 | hi2y | translate-ordinal | לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר | 1 | of the twelfth month | Alternate translation: “of month 12” or “of the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 669 | EST | 8 | 12 | ach2 | figs-explicit | לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר | 1 | of the twelfth month | Implicitly, this means “the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 670 | EST | 8 | 12 | j6r4 | translate-hebrewmonths | הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר | 1 | which is the month of Adar | This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you<br>translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 671 | EST | 8 | 13 | j6r7 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֔ה | 1 | in every province by province | This expression means “in each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 672 | EST | 8 | 13 | ach4 | figs-activepassive | גָּל֖וּי לְכָל־הָעַמִּ֑ים | 1 | being uncovered for all the peoples | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials in every single province to post copies where everyone could see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 673 | EST | 8 | 13 | ach5 | וְלִהְי֨וֹת הַיְּהוּדִ֤ים עֲתִידִים֙ לַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | for the Jews to be prepared for that day | Alternate translation: “that way the Jews would get ready to do what the letter said when the day came” | |
| 674 | EST | 8 | 13 | qk1d | figs-idiom | לְהִנָּקֵ֖ם מֵאֹיְבֵיהֶֽם | 1 | to take revenge from their enemies | This expression, “to take revenge from” another person, means to correct a wrong they have done. In this context, the phrase means to correct the wrong of the original law that gave people permission to kill the Jews. Alternate translation: “and fight back against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 675 | EST | 8 | 14 | ach7 | הָרָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָרֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽאֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים | 1 | поспешно и торопливо | немедленно | |
| 676 | EST | 8 | 14 | ach6 | figs-activepassive | מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּדְחוּפִ֖ים בִּדְבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | Сузы | Это город, в котором находился царский дворец (см. [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md)) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 677 | EST | 8 | 14 | b69j | figs-doublet | מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּדְחוּפִ֖ים | 1 | hastened and hurried | These two terms mean almost the same thing and are used together to emphasize the fact that the couriers were told to deliver the letters as quickly as possible. Alternate translation: “they went immediately” or “as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 678 | EST | 8 | 14 | ach8 | figs-events | הָרָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָרֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽאֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים | 1 | The runners, the riders of the royal pack horses | To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 679 | EST | 8 | 14 | j6r9 | figs-activepassive | וְהַדָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה | 1 | And the law was given | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 680 | EST | 8 | 15 | j7r5 | figs-metonymy | מִלִּפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | веселился и радовался | ликовал |
| 681 | EST | 8 | 15 | ach9 | figs-explicit | בִּלְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָח֔וּר וַעֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְתַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְאַרְגָּמָ֑ן | 1 | in a garment of royalty of blue and white, with a great crown of gold and a robe of fine linen and purple | The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you can place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 682 | EST | 8 | 15 | aci1 | בִּלְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת | 1 | a garment of royalty of blue and white | Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn” | |
| 683 | EST | 8 | 15 | aci2 | וַעֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | a great crown of gold | Alternate translation: “a large golden crown” | |
| 684 | EST | 8 | 15 | eqc4 | figs-metonymy | וְהָעִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְשָׂמֵֽחָה | 1 | and the city of Susa | Here, **the city** represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 685 | EST | 8 | 15 | i1ec | figs-hendiadys | צָהֲלָ֖ה וְשָׂמֵֽחָה | 1 | cheered and rejoiced | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 686 | EST | 8 | 15 | aci3 | figs-explicit | צָהֲלָ֖ה וְשָׂמֵֽחָה | 1 | cheered and rejoiced | The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 687 | EST | 8 | 16 | aci4 | figs-doublet | הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְשִׂמְחָ֑ה | 1 | there was light and joy | The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here.<br>They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt.<br>Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 688 | EST | 8 | 16 | j8r1 | figs-doublet | וְשָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִיקָֽר | 1 | and rejoicing and honor | These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 689 | EST | 8 | 16 | n94u | figs-explicit | וִיקָֽר | 1 | and honor | Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 690 | EST | 8 | 17 | k1eh | figs-idiom | וּבְכָל־מְדִינָ֨ה וּמְדִינָ֜ה | 1 | В каждой области | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 691 | EST | 8 | 17 | va7t | figs-personification | מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְדָתוֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ | 1 | праздничный день | Праздник - это день, когда отмечается какое-либо радостное событие. |
| 692 | EST | 8 | 17 | p89m | figs-doublet | מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | a feast and a good day | These two terms mean something similar and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “and had festive celebrations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 693 | EST | 8 | 17 | aci5 | figs-idiom | וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | a good day | This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. Alternate translation: “and a holiday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 694 | EST | 8 | 17 | aci6 | figs-explicit | וְרַבִּ֞ים מֵֽעַמֵּ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים | 1 | And many from the peoples of the land became Jews | The implication is that they did this because they thought that the Jews might attack them when the Jews fought back against their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 695 | EST | 8 | 17 | aci7 | וְרַבִּ֞ים מֵֽעַמֵּ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים | 1 | And many from the peoples of the land | Alternate translation: “many people from the other ethnic groups in the empire” | |
| 696 | EST | 8 | 17 | aci8 | figs-idiom | מֵֽעַמֵּ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ | 1 | from the peoples of the land | The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 697 | EST | 8 | 17 | r3qf | figs-metaphor | נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | dread of the Jews had fallen on them | Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 698 | EST | 8 | 17 | aci9 | figs-events | נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | dread of the Jews had fallen upon them | To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 699 | EST | 9 | 1 | j8r7 | writing-newevent | וּבִשְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ | 1 | На тринадцатый день двенадцатого месяца, то есть в месяц Адар | См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md). |
| 700 | EST | 9 | 1 | j9r1 | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔וֹ | 1 | on the thirteenth day of it | Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 701 | EST | 9 | 1 | acj1 | אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ וְדָת֖וֹ לְהֵעָשׂ֑וֹת | 1 | when the word of the king and his law | Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed” | |
| 702 | EST | 9 | 1 | wh56 | figs-personification | אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ וְדָת֖וֹ לְהֵעָשׂ֑וֹת | 1 | when the word of the king and his law had reached the time to be done | This expression describes the king’s decree as if it had traveled through time (as a person travels through space) and reached this particular day. This phrase means that it was time for people to obey the decree. Alternate translation: “when the time came for people to obey the king’s law and decree” or “when it was the day established in the king’s letters for people to carry out the king’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 703 | EST | 9 | 1 | acj2 | בַּיּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַיְּהוּדִים֙ לִשְׁל֣וֹט בָּהֶ֔ם | 1 | on the day when the enemies of the Jews hoped to dominate them | Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day” | |
| 704 | EST | 9 | 1 | ect2 | figs-idiom | לִשְׁל֣וֹט | 1 | to dominate | This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 705 | EST | 9 | 1 | lq9y | figs-metaphor | וְנַהֲפ֣וֹךְ | 1 | but being overturned | Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 706 | EST | 9 | 1 | acj3 | ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַיְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּשֹׂנְאֵיהֶֽם | 1 | it happened that the Jews themselves dominated those who hated them | Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies” | |
| 707 | EST | 9 | 1 | acj4 | figs-idiom | בְּשֹׂנְאֵיהֶֽם | 1 | those who hated them | This is an idiom that describes enemies (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 708 | EST | 9 | 2 | tj62 | figs-idiom | לִשְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד | 1 | Область | Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md). |
| 709 | EST | 9 | 2 | h7jh | figs-metaphor | נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖ם עַל־כָּל־הָעַמִּֽים | 1 | sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples | Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 710 | EST | 9 | 2 | acj7 | figs-explicit | נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖ם עַל־כָּל־הָעַמִּֽים | 1 | sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples | The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 711 | EST | 9 | 3 | acj8 | שָׂרֵ֨י הַמְּדִינ֜וֹת וְהָאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְהַפַּח֗וֹת | 1 | Все правители в областях | все областные начальники | |
| 712 | EST | 9 | 3 | ack0 | figs-metaphor | מְנַשְּׂאִ֖ים אֶת־הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים | 1 | were lifting up the Jews | Here, **lifting up** is a figurative way of saying “helping.” The picture is likely of someone helping a tired or injured person to stand or walk by holding them up. Alternate translation: “helped the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 713 | EST | 9 | 3 | q2ue | figs-metaphor | נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | dread of Mordecai had fallen on them | Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 714 | EST | 9 | 4 | j9r5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי | 1 | был великим в царском доме | получил огромную власть |
| 715 | EST | 9 | 4 | ack1 | figs-metonymy | גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Mordecai was great in the palace of the king | **The palace of the king** is a figurative way of describing the king’s administration by referring to the place where it was headquartered. Alternate translation: “was very important in the king’s government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 716 | EST | 9 | 4 | ack2 | גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Mordecai was great | **Great** here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s<br>service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official” | |
| 717 | EST | 9 | 4 | mr66 | figs-personification | וְשָׁמְע֖וֹ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּכָל־הַמְּדִינ֑וֹת | 1 | and the report of him was going out into all the provinces | Here the story speaks of the news of Mordecai’s greatness as if it were a living thing that could travel throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire, everyone was hearing the news of his greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 718 | EST | 9 | 4 | j9r9 | figs-idiom | מָרְדֳּכַ֖י הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְגָדֽוֹל | 1 | Mordecai was progressing and becoming great | This expression means that Mordecai continued to become more powerful and influential. Alternate translation: “Mordecai was becoming more famous because the king was giving him more and more power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 719 | EST | 9 | 5 | ack3 | וַיַּכּ֤וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֙ בְּכָל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 720 | EST | 9 | 5 | ack4 | figs-idiom | וַיַּכּ֤וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֙ בְּכָל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב | 1 | the Jews struck to all their enemies a strike of sword | This expression means that the Jews defended themselves against their enemies, even to the point of killing people who attacked them. Alternate translation: “the Jews attacked all of their enemies and killed them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 721 | EST | 9 | 5 | j11d | figs-synecdoche | מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב | 1 | a strike of sword | Swords were not necessarily the only weapons the Jews had and used. The sword is used to represent all of their weaponry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more general meaning. Alternate translation: “the Jews took up their weapons and used them against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 722 | EST | 9 | 5 | j13d | figs-doublet | וְהֶ֖רֶג וְאַבְדָ֑ן | 1 | and slaughter, and destruction | These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they destroyed them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 723 | EST | 9 | 5 | j15d | figs-idiom | וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֥וּ בְשֹׂנְאֵיהֶ֖ם כִּרְצוֹנָֽם | 1 | and they did to those who hated them according to their pleasure | This expression does not mean that the Jews felt pleasure when they killed their enemies. Rather, it means that the Jews were able to defend themselves against their enemies and were not hindered in any way. Alternate translation: “they were able to do everything they wanted to do against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 724 | EST | 9 | 5 | ack5 | figs-idiom | בְשֹׂנְאֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | those who hated them | This is an idiom that describes enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 725 | EST | 9 | 6 | b5ft | וּבְשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֗ה | 1 | В столице | Столица - это укреплённый город (см. [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md)). | |
| 726 | EST | 9 | 6 | j17d | figs-doublet | הָרְג֤וּ…וְאַבֵּ֔ד | 1 | Сузы | Город Сузы был столицей персидских царей. См. [Есфирь 1:2](../01/02.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 727 | EST | 9 | 7 | ack6 | figs-explicit | פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא | 1 | Паршандафу, Далфона, Асфафу | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 728 | EST | 9 | 7 | s6x2 | translate-names | פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא | 1 | Parshandatha, Dalphon, Aspatha | These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 729 | EST | 9 | 8 | g6zx | translate-names | פּוֹרָ֛תָא…אֲדַלְיָ֖א…אֲרִידָֽתָא | 1 | Порафу, Адалью, Аридафу | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 730 | EST | 9 | 9 | gj4p | translate-names | פַּרְמַ֨שְׁתָּא֙…אֲרִיסַ֔י…אֲרִדַ֖י…וַיְזָֽתָא | 1 | Пармашфу, Арисая, Аридая, Ваиезафу | Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 731 | EST | 9 | 10 | xt5b | figs-distinguish | צֹרֵ֥ר הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים | 1 | Амана | Аман был самым высокопоставленным царским чиновником. См. [сфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 732 | EST | 9 | 10 | j19d | figs-idiom | לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽם | 1 | Амадаф | См. [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 733 | EST | 9 | 10 | ack7 | וּבַ֨בִּזָּ֔ה | 1 | врага иудеев | Речь идёт об Амане. | |
| 734 | EST | 9 | 11 | ack8 | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 735 | EST | 9 | 11 | j21d | figs-personification | בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | the report of the number…came to the face of the king | Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 736 | EST | 9 | 11 | acl0 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | to the face of the king | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 737 | EST | 9 | 11 | j22d | figs-activepassive | מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽהֲרוּגִ֛ים | 1 | the number of those who were killed | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 738 | EST | 9 | 12 | n3ua | figs-activepassive | וְיִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔ךְ…וְתֵעָֽשׂ | 1 | And it will be given to you…and it will be done | You can capture these parallel passive statements with one statement using an active form. You can also say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 739 | EST | 9 | 12 | ly4g | figs-abstractnouns | שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵךְ֙…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥ךְ | 1 | your petition…your request | The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “anything more that you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 740 | EST | 9 | 13 | j43d | בְּשׁוּשָׁ֔ן | 1 | in Susa | Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa” | |
| 741 | EST | 9 | 13 | acl4 | עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ | 1 | let the ten sons of Haman hang | The request is not for the king to allow the bodies to be impaled (or hanged), but instead, for the king to order this. Alternate translation: “and have the bodies of Haman’s ten sons hanged [or impaled]” | |
| 742 | EST | 9 | 13 | acl5 | translate-symaction | עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ | 1 | let the ten sons of Haman hang | The purpose of this would not be to kill the sons, since they are already dead, but to demonstrate publicly that the enemies of the Jews had been completely defeated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 743 | EST | 9 | 13 | acl6 | figs-explicit | עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ | 1 | the ten sons of Haman | It is implicit that since Haman’s sons are already dead, what Esther is actually asking for is for their bodies to be impaled or hanged. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 744 | EST | 9 | 13 | nr1p | translate-numbers | עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי | 1 | ten sons | Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 745 | EST | 9 | 13 | qyu8 | translate-unknown | הָעֵֽץ | 1 | the tree | See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 746 | EST | 9 | 14 | acl7 | figs-activepassive | וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְהֵֽעָשׂ֣וֹת כֵּ֔ן | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 747 | EST | 9 | 14 | acl8 | figs-explicit | וַתִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּשׁוּשָׁ֑ן | 1 | And a law was given in Susa | This phrase, “in Susa,” seems to indicate that this refers to Esther’s first request. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he issued a decree allowing the Jews in Susa to fight against their enemies again the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 748 | EST | 9 | 14 | j47d | figs-activepassive | וַתִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּשׁוּשָׁ֑ן | 1 | And a law was given in Susa | This can be stated in active form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 749 | EST | 9 | 14 | j49d | בְּשׁוּשָׁ֑ן | 1 | in Susa | Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa” | |
| 750 | EST | 9 | 14 | acl9 | figs-explicit | תָּלֽוּ | 1 | they hanged | This was Esther’s second request. You can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to hang [or impale] the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 751 | EST | 9 | 14 | j51d | translate-numbers | עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי | 1 | ten sons | Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 752 | EST | 9 | 15 | j55d | בְּשׁוּשָׁ֗ן | 1 | в четырнадцатый день месяца Адара | См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md). | |
| 753 | EST | 9 | 15 | p9gc | translate-ordinal | בְּי֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ | 1 | on the fourteenth day | Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 754 | EST | 9 | 15 | j57d | translate-hebrewmonths | לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר | 1 | of the month of Adar | **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), and [9:1](../09/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 755 | EST | 9 | 15 | j59d | בְשׁוּשָׁ֔ן | 1 | in Susa | Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa” | |
| 756 | EST | 9 | 15 | j61d | translate-numbers | שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ | 1 | 300 men | Alternate translation: “three hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 757 | EST | 9 | 15 | lp12 | figs-idiom | וּבַ֨בִּזָּ֔ה לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽם | 1 | they did not stretch out their hand to the plunder | Here, the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 758 | EST | 9 | 16 | acm3 | figs-metaphor | וְנ֨וֹחַ֙ מֵאֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | грабёж | Грабёж - это насильственный захват чьего-то имущества. |
| 759 | EST | 9 | 16 | kms1 | וְהָרֹג֙ בְּשֹׂ֣נְאֵיהֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף | 1 | they slaughtered 75,000 of those who hated them | Alternate translation: “and killed 75,000 of them” | |
| 760 | EST | 9 | 16 | i1d1 | translate-numbers | חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף | 1 | 75000 | Alternate translation: “seventy-five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 761 | EST | 9 | 16 | m2cx | לֹ֥א שָֽׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽם | 1 | they did not stretch out their hand to the plunder | Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” or “they did not take the valuable things” or “the did not take their possessions” | |
| 762 | EST | 9 | 17 | ll4f | translate-ordinal | בְּיוֹם־שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר | 1 | в тринадцатый день месяца Адара | См., как это выражение переведено в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md). |
| 763 | EST | 9 | 17 | j67d | translate-hebrewmonths | לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר | 1 | На четырнадцатый день этого месяца они успокоились | к 14-ому дню месяца Адара евреи, жившие в областях, успокоились |
| 764 | EST | 9 | 17 | acm5 | בְּאַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וְעָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה | 1 | on the fourteenth day of it, then they made it a day of feasting and rejoicing | Alternate translation: “they devoted the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar, to joyful celebration” or “they feasted joyfully the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar” | |
| 765 | EST | 9 | 17 | kjj1 | translate-ordinal | בְּאַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ | 1 | on the fourteenth of it | Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 766 | EST | 9 | 17 | j69d | figs-hendiadys | מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה | 1 | feasting and rejoicing | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoicing** tells how they celebrated. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 767 | EST | 9 | 17 | acm6 | figs-synecdoche | מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה | 1 | feasting | This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. The celebrations must have included more than just eating special meals together, but the story uses those meals to refer to the entire celebrations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 768 | EST | 9 | 18 | acm7 | figs-explicit | נִקְהֲלוּ֙ | 1 | assembled themselves | The implication is that they did this to fight against their enemies. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived in Susa joined together to fight against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 769 | EST | 9 | 18 | acm8 | figs-explicit | בִּשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וּבְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ | 1 | on the thirteenth of it and on the fourteenth of it | If it would be clearer, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 770 | EST | 9 | 18 | j73d | translate-ordinal | בִּשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ | 1 | on the thirteenth of it | Alternate translation: “on day 13” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 771 | EST | 9 | 18 | j75d | translate-ordinal | וּבְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ | 1 | and on the fourteenth of it | Alternate translation: “and on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 772 | EST | 9 | 18 | acm9 | figs-metaphor | וְנ֗וֹחַ בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וְעָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה | 1 | And they rested on the fifteenth of it, and they made it a day of feasting and rejoicing | **Resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they defeated them, and there was no fighting on the fifteenth day. They devoted that day to joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 773 | EST | 9 | 18 | j77d | translate-ordinal | בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ | 1 | on the fifteenth of it | Alternate translation: “on day 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 774 | EST | 9 | 18 | j79d | figs-hendiadys | מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה | 1 | feasting and rejoicing | This phrase means the same thing as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 775 | EST | 9 | 19 | j81d | grammar-connect-logic-result | עַל־כֵּ֞ן | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 776 | EST | 9 | 19 | acn0 | figs-parallelism | הַיְּהוּדִ֣ים הַפְּרָזִ֗ים הַיֹּשְׁבִים֮ בְּעָרֵ֣י הַפְּרָזוֹת֒ | 1 | the Jews, the ones of the open country, the ones who dwell in the cities of the open areas | These two phrases mean similar things. They are used together to make the identification of this group clear. The first phrase means that they lived in rural areas. The second phrase means they lived in settlements that did not have walls around them, that is, in villages. You can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Jews who live in villages in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 777 | EST | 9 | 19 | acn1 | figs-explicit | עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | make the fourteenth day…and a good day | The implication is that this explanation is being offered for the benefit of city-dwelling Jews who might wonder why rural Jews celebrate this holiday on a different day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “rather than on the fifteenth day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 778 | EST | 9 | 19 | acn2 | עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | make the fourteenth day…and a good day | Alternate translation: “observe this holiday on the fourteenth day” | |
| 779 | EST | 9 | 19 | j83d | translate-ordinal | י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ | 1 | the fourteenth day | Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 780 | EST | 9 | 19 | j85d | translate-hebrewmonths | לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר | 1 | of the month of Adar | **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md).<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 781 | EST | 9 | 19 | j87d | figs-hendiadys | שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּמִשְׁתֶּ֖ה | 1 | for rejoicing and for feasting | As in verses 17 and 18, this means “by celebrating joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 782 | EST | 9 | 19 | j89d | figs-idiom | וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | and a good day | This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 783 | EST | 9 | 19 | acn3 | translate-symaction | וּמִשְׁל֥וֹחַ מָנ֖וֹת אִ֥ישׁ לְרֵעֵֽהוּ | 1 | and for the sending of gifts, a man to his friend | Giving gifts, in this culture as in many cultures, was a way of acknowledging a special occasion. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 784 | EST | 9 | 19 | j91d | figs-idiom | אִ֥ישׁ לְרֵעֵֽהוּ | 1 | a man to his friend | Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 785 | EST | 9 | 20 | acn4 | וַיִּכְתֹּ֣ב…הַדְּבָרִ֖ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 786 | EST | 9 | 20 | acn5 | כָּל־הַיְּהוּדִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּכָל־מְדִינוֹת֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ | 1 | all the Jews who were in all the provinces of the king Ahasuerus | Alternate translation: “all the Jews everywhere in the kingdom” | |
| 787 | EST | 9 | 20 | j95d | figs-merism | הַקְּרוֹבִ֖ים וְהָרְחוֹקִֽים | 1 | the near ones and the far ones | This is a figurative way of referring to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. This expression means the Jews who lived in or near Susa, those who lived far away, and all Jews in between. Alternate translation: “everywhere they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 788 | EST | 9 | 21 | j97d | translate-ordinal | י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ | 1 | the fourteenth day | Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 789 | EST | 9 | 21 | j99d | translate-hebrewmonths | לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר | 1 | of the month of Adar | **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 790 | EST | 9 | 21 | j111 | translate-ordinal | יוֹם־חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ | 1 | the fifteenth day of it | Alternate translation: “the fifteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 791 | EST | 9 | 21 | n4v9 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְשָׁנָֽה | 1 | every year by year | This expression means “every year.” Alternation translation: “each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 792 | EST | 9 | 22 | acn8 | figs-metaphor | נָ֨חוּ בָהֶ֤ם הַיְּהוּדִים֙ מֵא֣וֹיְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | the Jews rested on them from their enemies | As in verses 16, 17, and 18, **resting** here is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “the Jews stopped fighting because they had defeated their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 793 | EST | 9 | 22 | acn9 | וְהַחֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ | 1 | and as the month when | Alternate translation: “And that was the month when” | |
| 794 | EST | 9 | 22 | aco1 | figs-parallelism | נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָהֶ֤ם מִיָּגוֹן֙ לְשִׂמְחָ֔ה וּמֵאֵ֖בֶל לְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how dramatic and wonderful the change was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “after being very sad, they became very happy.” Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sorrowful and crying to being very joyful and celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 795 | EST | 9 | 22 | aco3 | figs-explicit | נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָהֶ֤ם מִיָּגוֹן֙ לְשִׂמְחָ֔ה וּמֵאֵ֖בֶל לְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב | 1 | it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day | It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 796 | EST | 9 | 22 | nch1 | figs-metaphor | נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָהֶ֤ם מִיָּגוֹן֙ לְשִׂמְחָ֔ה | 1 | it had turned for them from sorrow into joy | **Turning** figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 797 | EST | 9 | 22 | aco4 | figs-abstractnouns | מִיָּגוֹן֙ לְשִׂמְחָ֔ה | 1 | from sorrow into joy | The abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 798 | EST | 9 | 22 | j113 | figs-explicit | לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗ם יְמֵי֙ | 1 | in order to make them days of | These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 799 | EST | 9 | 22 | j115 | figs-hendiadys | מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְשִׂמְחָ֔ה | 1 | feasting and rejoicing | As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 800 | EST | 9 | 22 | aco5 | וּמִשְׁל֤וֹחַ מָנוֹת֙ אִ֣ישׁ לְרֵעֵ֔הוּ | 1 | and sending of gifts, a man to his friend | See how you translated this in verse 19. Review the notes there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” | |
| 801 | EST | 9 | 22 | j117 | figs-idiom | אִ֣ישׁ לְרֵעֵ֔הוּ | 1 | a man to his friend | Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 802 | EST | 9 | 22 | aco6 | translate-symaction | וּמַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽאֶבְיוֹנִֽים | 1 | and gifts to the needy | In this culture as in many others, helping the poor was also a way of acknowledging a special occasion. The idea was that no one should miss out on the benefits of the wonderful thing that God had done. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should help the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 803 | EST | 9 | 22 | z1vl | figs-explicit | וּמַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽאֶבְיוֹנִֽים | 1 | This is also something that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should give gifts to the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 804 | EST | 9 | 23 | aco7 | figs-explicit | וְקִבֵּל֙…אֲשֶׁר־כָּתַ֥ב מָרְדֳּכַ֖י אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Общая информация: | В этом предложении подводится итог истории об Есфири, и автор объясняет причину возникновения праздника Пурим. |
| 805 | EST | 9 | 23 | aco8 | וְקִבֵּל֙ | 1 | And…accepted | Alternate translation: “agreed” | |
| 806 | EST | 9 | 23 | ib25 | figs-events | אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת | 1 | what they had begun to do | Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way.” You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 807 | EST | 9 | 24 | j119 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּי֩ | 1 | вугеянин Аман, сын Амадафа | Речь идёт о царском чиновнике. См. [Есфирь 3:1](../03/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 808 | EST | 9 | 24 | aco9 | חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְאַבְּדָ֑ם | 1 | had plotted concerning the Jews to annihilate them | Alternate translation: “had tried to carry out a plan that would destroy the Jews” | |
| 809 | EST | 9 | 24 | xz7s | figs-explicit | וְהִפִּ֥יל פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַגּוֹרָ֔ל | 1 | and he had cast a Pur (which is “the lot”) | You can say explicitly why Haman did this. Alternate translation: “he threw Pur (that is, he threw lots) to find out what would be the best day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 810 | EST | 9 | 24 | bcy2 | translate-names | פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַגּוֹרָ֔ל | 1 | a Pur (which is “the lot”) | As in 3:7, the storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and then the name for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. Alternate translation: “a Pur (that is, a lot)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 811 | EST | 9 | 24 | j127 | figs-hendiadys | לְהֻמָּ֖ם וּֽלְאַבְּדָֽם | 1 | to vex them and to destroy them | The terms **vex** and **destroy** mean basically the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the degree to which Haman’s deadly plans were distressing to the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the terms and express the emphasis with a word like “completely.” Alternate translation: “and completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) |
| 812 | EST | 9 | 25 | acp1 | figs-explicit | אָמַ֣ר עִם־הַסֵּ֔פֶר | 1 | he said with the letter | Once again, there is much information that is implicit here. If it would be clearer in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the king gave Mordecai the authority to send a letter throughout the empire saying that the Jews could defend themselves against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 813 | EST | 9 | 25 | y57b | figs-idiom | יָשׁ֞וּב מַחֲשַׁבְתּ֧וֹ הָרָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים עַל־רֹאשׁ֑וֹ | 1 | Let his evil plot that he plotted concerning the Jews return on his head | **His**, **he**, and **him** in this sentence refer to Haman. **Return on his head** is an idiom that means that what a person was planning to do to someone else happened to that person instead. Use an idiom with that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the wicked plan that Haman developed against the Jews will be done to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 814 | EST | 9 | 25 | acp2 | figs-personification | וְתָל֥וּ אֹת֛וֹ וְאֶת־בָּנָ֖יו עַל־הָעֵֽץ | 1 | and let them hang him and his sons on the tree | The letter itself did not say this. The story is summarizing the events in compressed form. It is speaking of the letter as if it were a person who could take action and give commands like this, but it was the king who gave the command. Alternate translation: “the king also ordered his servants to hang [or impale] Haman on a wooden pole [or hang Haman on a gallows]. When the Jews in Susa killed his ten sons, the king had their bodies hanged [or impaled] as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 815 | EST | 9 | 25 | j129 | translate-unknown | הָעֵֽץ | 1 | the tree | See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 816 | EST | 9 | 26 | acp3 | figs-explicit | קָֽרְאוּ֩ לַיָּמִ֨ים הָאֵ֤לֶּה פוּרִים֙ | 1 | Пурим | Это название древнеперсидского праздника, установленного в память об избавлении еврейского народа от замысла Амана, направленного против истребления иудеев (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 817 | EST | 9 | 26 | buf1 | writing-background | עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַפּ֔וּר | 1 | on account of the name of Pur | Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 818 | EST | 9 | 26 | yq8m | figs-explicit | שֵׁ֣ם הַפּ֔וּר | 1 | the name of Pur. | It can be stated clearly what “Pur” means. Alternate translation: “the word Pur, which means ‘lot’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 819 | EST | 9 | 26 | j133 | grammar-connect-logic-result | עַל־כֵּ֕ן | 1 | Therefore | The story has just given the reason why the holiday is called Purim. Now it is going to give another reason. It will be explaining why the Jews added this holiday to their calendar, in addition to the festivals that were commanded in the Law of Moses. The next verse describes them adding the holiday. This verse gives the reasons why they did that. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 820 | EST | 9 | 26 | acp4 | עַל־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֖י הָאִגֶּ֣רֶת הַזֹּ֑את | 1 | on account of all the words of this letter | This is a reference to the letter that Mordecai wrote, as described in verses 20–22. Alternate translation: “because Mordecai wrote to them to tell them to observe this holiday” | |
| 821 | EST | 9 | 26 | acp5 | figs-parallelism | וּמָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּמָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | and what they had seen concerning this and what had come upon them | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize what a vivid experience it was to live through the events that this story describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “amazing.” Alternate translation: “the amazing things that had happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 822 | EST | 9 | 26 | acp6 | figs-explicit | וּמָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּמָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | and what they had seen concerning this and what had come upon them | These phrases say generally “this” and “what,” but they are referring to the specific events the story has related. If it would be clearer in your language, you can describe these things specifically. Alternate translation: “because the Jews had been able to destroy the enemies who had wanted to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 823 | EST | 9 | 26 | acp7 | figs-events | וּמָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּמָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | and what they had seen concerning this and what had come upon them | You can put this first, before the information about Mordecai’s letter, because it happened first. You can say “then” when you tell about the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 824 | EST | 9 | 26 | j135 | figs-idiom | וּמָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | and what had come upon them | This expression means “what had happened to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 825 | EST | 9 | 27 | acp8 | קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֩ ׀ עֲלֵיהֶ֨ם ׀ וְעַל־זַרְעָ֜ם וְעַ֨ל כָּל־הַנִּלְוִ֤ים עֲלֵיהֶם֙…לִהְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַיָּמִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. | |
| 826 | EST | 9 | 27 | acp9 | figs-doublet | קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֩ | 1 | The Jews set up and accepted | “Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 827 | EST | 9 | 27 | j137 | figs-metaphor | וְעַל־זַרְעָ֜ם | 1 | and for their seed | As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 828 | EST | 9 | 27 | j141 | figs-idiom | וְלֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר | 1 | and it will not pass away | This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. You can put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 829 | EST | 9 | 27 | acq0 | figs-events | לִהְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַיָּמִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | to be making these two days | Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them.” To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 830 | EST | 9 | 27 | acq1 | כִּכְתָבָ֖ם | 1 | according to their writing | Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter” | |
| 831 | EST | 9 | 27 | acq2 | וְכִזְמַנָּ֑ם | 1 | and according to their appointed time | This means the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar, as specified in [9:21](../09/21.md). Alternate translation: “on those exact days of the month of Adar” | |
| 832 | EST | 9 | 27 | j143 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְשָׁנָֽה | 1 | every year by year | This expression means “each and every year.” Alternate translation: “every single year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 833 | EST | 9 | 28 | hc8s | figs-activepassive | וְהַיָּמִ֣ים הָ֠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְנַעֲשִׂ֜ים | 1 | So these days are remembered and are made | This expression uses two passive forms, but you could say the same thing using active forms. Alternate translation: “so the Jews have celebrated and observed these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 834 | EST | 9 | 28 | j145 | figs-idiom | בְּכָל־דּ֣וֹר וָד֗וֹר | 1 | in every generation by generation | This expression means “in each and every generation.” Alternate translation: “in every single generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 835 | EST | 9 | 28 | j147 | figs-idiom | מִשְׁפָּחָה֙ וּמִשְׁפָּחָ֔ה | 1 | family by family | This expression means “every family.” Alternate translation: “every Jewish family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 836 | EST | 9 | 28 | acq5 | figs-merism | מְדִינָ֥ה וּמְדִינָ֖ה וְעִ֣יר וָעִ֑יר | 1 | province by province, and city by city | This could be a figure of speech that refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. Generally speaking, a province would be the largest division of the empire that would identify a person’s location, and a city would be the smallest. Particularly, since the Jews would continue to celebrate Purim after the Persian empire and its provinces no longer exist, you might choose to express the meaning of this figure of speech in a more general way. Alternate translation: “everywhere they have lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 837 | EST | 9 | 28 | j149 | figs-idiom | מְדִינָ֥ה וּמְדִינָ֖ה | 1 | province by province | This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single<br>province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 838 | EST | 9 | 28 | j151 | figs-idiom | וְעִ֣יר וָעִ֑יר | 1 | and city by city | This expression means “every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 839 | EST | 9 | 28 | acq6 | figs-doublenegatives | וִימֵ֞י הַפּוּרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים וְזִכְרָ֖ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִזַּרְעָֽם | 1 | these days of Purim will not pass away | As in verse 27, this expression means that the Jews will never stop celebrating the feast of Purim. You can say this positively. Alternate translation: “will always observe the Festival of Purim faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 840 | EST | 9 | 28 | m5o8 | figs-parallelism | וִימֵ֞י הַפּוּרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים וְזִכְרָ֖ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִזַּרְעָֽם | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 841 | EST | 9 | 28 | acq7 | מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים | 1 | from the midst of the Jews | Alternate translation: “within the Jewish community” | |
| 842 | EST | 9 | 28 | i2qk | וְזִכְרָ֖ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף | 1 | and their remembrance will not come to an end | Alternate translation: “will always observe” | |
| 843 | EST | 9 | 28 | j155 | figs-metaphor | מִזַּרְעָֽם | 1 | from their seed | As in verse 27, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 844 | EST | 9 | 29 | je8e | figs-distinguish | בַת־אֲבִיחַ֛יִל | 1 | Есфирь, дочь Абихаила, и иудей Мардохей написали со всей властью, чтобы выполняли, написанное в этом новом письме | Есфирь была дочерью Абихаила. Она составила данный указ вместе с Мардохеем. |
| 845 | EST | 9 | 29 | cm8c | translate-names | אֲבִיחַ֛יִל | 1 | дочь Абихаила | Отец Есфирь был дядей Мардохея. См., как данный факт переведён в [Есфирь 2:15](../02/15.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]). |
| 846 | EST | 9 | 29 | acq8 | figs-distinguish | הַיְּהוּדִ֖י | 1 | the Jew | This phrase gives information about Mordecai to remind the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) |
| 847 | EST | 9 | 29 | acq9 | תִּכְתֹּב…אֶת־כָּל־תֹּ֑קֶף | 1 | wrote with all power | Alternate translation: “using her royal authority” or “using the authority that she had as queen” | |
| 848 | EST | 9 | 29 | ku7d | translate-numbers | לְקַיֵּ֗ם אֵ֣ת אִגֶּ֧רֶת הַפּוּרִ֛ים הַזֹּ֖את הַשֵּׁנִֽית | 1 | to set up this second letter of Purim | **This second letter of Purim** could refer to (1) this letter that Esther is writing, which is the second letter that the Jews will receive about the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “an additional letter about Purim with her authority” or (2) the second letter that Mordecai wrote (see verses 20-22), creating the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “to confirm what Mordecai had written about Purim in his second letter” In either case, this letter from Esther is to add her royal authority to what Mordecai had already written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 849 | EST | 9 | 30 | u389 | translate-numbers | שֶׁ֨בַע וְעֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּמֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה | 1 | 127 provinces | Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
| 850 | EST | 9 | 30 | iaf7 | figs-abstractnouns | דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | words of peace and truth | The abstract nouns **peace** and **truth** can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “encouraging the Jews that they are now safe and can live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 851 | EST | 9 | 30 | mpse | דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | The Hebrew word translated as **truth** here also refers to things that are “sure” or “secure.” When “peace” and “truth” are paired together, they can refer to a peaceful, stable political environment, as in 2 Kings 20:19 and Jeremiah 33:6. Alternate translation: “with a message that assured them of their peaceful and stable situation” | ||
| 852 | EST | 9 | 31 | acr5 | וְכַאֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖ם וְעַל־זַרְעָ֑ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַצֹּמ֖וֹת וְזַעֲקָתָֽם | 1 | according to what they had set up concerning their lives and concerning their seed, to matters of the fasts and their outcry | This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this. | |
| 853 | EST | 9 | 31 | rl2s | figs-metaphor | וְעַל־זַרְעָ֑ם | 1 | and concerning their seed | Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 854 | EST | 9 | 32 | acr7 | figs-activepassive | וְנִכְתָּ֖ב בַּסֵּֽפֶר | 1 | Общая информация: | Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. |
| 855 | EST | 10 | intro | h4m4 | 0 | # Есфирь 10 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Новое положение Мардохея #####<br><br>Благодаря Богу, Мардохей занял высокопоставленную должность в Персидской империи: он был вторым властелином после царя Персии и использовал своё положение для того, чтобы улучшить жизнь своего народа. <br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Есфирь 10:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) | __ | |||
| 856 | EST | 10 | 1 | b5ht | וַיָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס | 1 | Then…set a tribute | Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax” | |
| 857 | EST | 10 | 1 | acr8 | figs-merism | עַל־הָאָ֖רֶץ וְאִיֵּ֥י הַיָּֽם | 1 | on the land and the islands of the sea | The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 858 | EST | 10 | 1 | twn8 | figs-explicit | וְאִיֵּ֥י הַיָּֽם | 1 | The phrase **the islands of the sea** likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 859 | EST | 10 | 1 | acr9 | figs-metonymy | עַל־הָאָ֖רֶץ וְאִיֵּ֥י הַיָּֽם | 1 | on the land and the islands of the sea | These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 860 | EST | 10 | 2 | k7tc | וּפָרָשַׁת֙ | 1 | with the full account of | “They also wrote a full account” | |
| 861 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs2 | גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י | 1 | the greatness of Mordecai to which the king had made him great | Alternate translation: “of how important Mordecai was” or “of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done” | |
| 862 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs3 | גִּדְּל֖וֹ | 1 | made him great | See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him” | |
| 863 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs4 | figs-rquestion | הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס | 1 | are they not written in the book of the events of days of the kings of Persia and Media? | This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 864 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs5 | figs-activepassive | הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים | 1 | are they not written…? | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 865 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs6 | הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים | 1 | are they not written…? | Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse if that would be clearer in your language. | |
| 866 | EST | 10 | 2 | acs7 | figs-idiom | סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס | 1 | the book of the events of days for the kings of Media and Persia | See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 867 | EST | 10 | 3 | j159 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י | 1 | был вторым после царя Артаксеркса | был самым высокопоставленным правителем после царя Артаксеркса |
| 868 | EST | 10 | 3 | act0 | וְגָדוֹל֙ לַיְּהוּדִ֔ים | 1 | говорил ради благополучия всего своего племени | представлял интересы своего народа, чтобы евреи жили в мире | |
| 869 | EST | 10 | 3 | iui7 | figs-gendernotations | אֶחָ֑יו | 1 | his brothers | Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of describing fellow members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 870 | EST | 10 | 3 | act2 | figs-parallelism | דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְעַמּ֔וֹ וְדֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְכָל־זַרְעֽוֹ | 1 | seeking good for his people and speaking peace to all its seed | These two phrases basically mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard Mordecai worked for the good of his people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “He worked hard so his people and their descendants would prosper.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 871 | EST | 10 | 3 | act3 | figs-abstractnouns | דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְעַמּ֔וֹ וְדֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְכָל־זַרְעֽוֹ | 1 | seeking good for his people and speaking peace to all its seed | The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 872 | EST | 10 | 3 | wte9 | figs-metaphor | דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְעַמּ֔וֹ | 1 | seeking good for his people | **Seeking** is a figurative way to describe actively trying to do something or work hard for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 873 | EST | 10 | 3 | s8f8 | figs-idiom | וְדֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְכָל־זַרְעֽוֹ | 1 | and speaking peace to all its seed | **Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 874 | EST | 10 | 3 | j161 | figs-metaphor | לְכָל־זַרְעֽוֹ | 1 | to all its seed | Here, **seed** figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |